Home

SMG-700 User's Guide V1.00 (Nov 2004)

1. 286 NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 Inthe Address Bar click Certificate Error gt View certificates Figure 125 Internet Explorer 7 Certificate Error vt Certificate Error x Certificate Invalid The security certificate presented by this website has errors This problem may indicate an attempt to fool you or intercept any data you send to the server We recommend that you close this webpage About certificate errors View certificates 4 Inthe Certificate dialog box click Install Certificate Figure 126 Internet Explorer 7 Certificate Certificate General Details Certification Path Certificate Information This CA Root certificate is not trusted To enable trust install this certificate in the Trusted Root Certification Authorities store Issued to nsa2401 Issued by nsa2401 Valid from 5 20 2008 to 5 20 2011 NSA 2401 User s Guide 287 Appendix D Importing Certificates 5 Inthe Certificate Import Wizard click Next Figure 127 Internet Explorer 7 Certificate Import Wizard Certificate Import Wizard Welcome to the Certificate Import Wizard This wizard helps you copy certificates certificate trust lists and certificate revocation lists from your disk to a certificate store A certificate which is issued by a certification authority is a confirmation of your identity and contains information used to
2. The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 50 Users gt Add or Edit an Account LABEL DESCRIPTION Group Name Type a name from 1 to 32 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters See Section 9 2 2 on page 194 for more details on group names Group Membership Use this field to assign group membership to individual users Available User s This field lists the user accounts created on the NSA that are not members of the current group Group Membership This field lists the user accounts added to the group Add Selected User s Select a user account from the Available Users list and click this to add the account to the group Remove Selected Select a user account from the Group Membership list and User s click this to remove the account from the group Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 9 Groups 9 2 2 Group Names Enter a group name from 1 to 30 characters The first character must be alphabetical case insensitive A Z a z numeric characters are not allowed as the first character The group name can only contain the following characters e Alphanumeric A z 0 9 Unicode usernames are supported with CIFS logins but not FTP or web configurator logins e Spaces e _ underscores period
3. Note Make sure the link goes to the actual RSS feed instead of to another list of links or information about the channel One way to test this is by clicking the link Clicking an actual RSS feed link opens a screen of XML code in browsers without an RSS feed aggregator or a window where you can add the RSS feed in browsers with an RSS feed aggregator Download Set which of the channel s items the NSA downloads Policy Download All Items Download every file in the feed Download Only New Items Download new files from today on Manually Choose Items for Download Only download individual files you select later in the Applications gt Broadcatching screen Delete Policy Set how the NSA handles deleting the items downloaded from the channel Manual Only delete individual files you select later in the Applications gt Broadcatching screen Keep last N of items Select this to set the NSA to only keep a number of the channel s most recent files When this number has been reached if the NSA downloads another file from the channel it deletes the oldest file from the NSA Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving 7 6 2 Channel Guides Here are some popular broadcatching channel guide web sites Note ZyXEL does not endorse these web sites and is not responsible for any of their contents Use these or any other web sites at y
4. ECMA 262 Edition 3 The ECMAScript standard s third revision corresponds to JavaScript 1 5 ECMA 357 ECMAScript for XML E4X See also the E4X errata HTML 3 2 Reference The HyperText Markup Language HTML Specification HTML 4 01 Defines the HyperText Markup Language HTML the publishing Specification language of the World Wide Web ISO 3166 1 Country names official short names in English in alphabetical order as given in ISO 3166 1 and the corresponding ISO 3166 1 alpha 2 code elements ISO 639 2 Two letter and three letter language code sets MIMETYPES IANA registered content types MIME types See the IANA web site ftp ftp isi edu in notes iana assignments media types ISO 15740 Picture Transfer Protocol PTP from the International imaging Industry Association allows you to transfer pictures from digital cameras or other devices without needing additional device drivers RFC 1001 STD 19 Protocol standard for NetBIOS service on a TCP UDP transport Concepts and methods RFC 1002 STD 19 Protocol standard for NetBIOS service on a TCP UDP transport Detailed specifications RFC 1034 STD 13 Domain names concepts and facilities RFC 1035 STD 13 Domain names implementation and specification RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol NTP version 3 RFC 1415 FTP FTAM Gateway Specification RFC 1510 The Kerberos Network Authentication
5. LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to discard changes and close the window 11 7 The Firmware Upgrade Screen Click Maintenance gt FW Upgrade to open the following screen Use this screen to upgrade the NSA firmware You should first have downloaded the latest firmware files from the ZyXEL website Figure 84 Maintenance gt FW Upgrade 2 Maintenance FW Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from the website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure this device after upgrading You are currently using firmware version V3 00 4FB 0 b1 Firmware File Browse The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 66 Maintenance gt FW Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Firmware File Type the location of the firmware file you want to upload Browse Click this to find the file on your computer Upload Click this to upload the new firmware The NSA automatically restarts after you upgrade Wait until the restart completes before accessing the NSA again If you interrupt the upgrade then the NSA may become unusable Reset Click this to refresh the screen NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens 11 8
6. same LAN Maximum Number of Specify how many simultaneous BitTorrent downloads are allowed Active Torrents on the NSA You can enter a number from 1 to 10 Maximum Number of Specify how many simultaneous seeds are allowed on the NSA Seeding Jobs Enter a number from 1 to 10 This value cannot exceed the one you configured in the Maximum Number of Active Torrents field Keep Sharing While With BitTorrent the NSA starts sharing a file while you are downloading it Set how long to continue sharing a file after the NSA finishes the download Select Upload Download Ratio to keep sharing a file until the NSA has uploaded a specific percent compared to the download Select Seeding Time to keep sharing a file for a specific number of minutes after the download finishes Continuing to share a file helps other BitTorrent users finish downloading it Sharing out at least as much as you download helps keep you in good standing in the BitTorrent community Enter 1 to share a file indefinitely Leave both check boxes blank to have the NSA stop sharing the file as soon as the download finishes If you select both options the NSA keeps sharing a file until both conditions exceed the values you configure For example you entered 150 in the Upload Download Ratio field and 120 minutes in the Seeding Time field The NSA keeps sharing a file until it has shared 1 5 times the size of the file and has passed 120 minutes NSA
7. File Edit View Controls Store Advanced Help iTunes LL LIBRARY Albums Artists Genres Composers Oo Movies E TY Shows Podcasts Radio STORE A iTunes Store SHARED nsa220plus VPLAYLISTS 9 Party Shuffle 5 Another way to get the NSA Ss iTunes server function to scan the published media server folders for files is to go to Applications gt Media Server and disable and re enable the iTunes server option If you uploaded many files it may take awhile for the NSA to find and list all of them Then try reconnecting your iTunes client cannot use iTunes to play files located on my NSA 1 Make sure the files are a format supported by iTunes See Section 14 5 on page 251 2 If you have files from the iTunes Store that use DRM you need to use your Apple account ID and password to authorize other computers to play the files Apple permits you to authorize up to five computers at a time To authorize a computer open iTunes and click Store gt Authorize Computer 3 If you are connecting through a NAT router make sure that TCP port 3689 and UDP port 5353 are open for traffic on both the server and the client and all points in between especially the NAT router If your router includes a firewall make sure it also allows TCP port 3689 and UDP port 5353 traffic NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 13 8 Download Service and Broadcatching Functions The download list or broadcat
8. NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 357 Appendix F Legal Information NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Index A access rights 38 Flickr 174 shares 199 200 YouTube 178 activation download service 139 Flickr YouTube 169 FTP 134 FTP Uploadr 179 media server 137 recycle bins 37 198 web publishing 153 anonymous FTP access 134 applications 131 auto upload Flickr YouTube 169 FTP Uploadr 178 broadcatching 133 158 adding channels 158 160 channel guides 161 RSS 133 COPY SYNC button 164 configuration 167 example 164 synchronization 165 download service 132 138 activation 139 adding a task 142 BitTorrent 132 138 142 configuration 139 link capture browser plugin 143 notifications 144 preferences 145 protection 150 151 status 140 URL 142 FTP 131 133 activation 134 anonymous access 134 passive mode transfer 134 media server 132 135 Index activation 137 configuration 136 iTunes server 132 135 136 rebuilding database 137 print server 162 configuration 163 name 163 web publishing 132 152 155 activation 153 example 153 port number 156 authorization Flickr 170 171 YouTube 175 auto upload Flickr YouTube 169 activation 169 authorization 170 175 configuration 173 175 FTP Uploadr 178 activation 179 bandwidth limit 182 configuration 181 server entry 180 grace period 174 178 182 B backup settings 220 bandwidth limit 182 BitTorrent 132 IP filtering 148 protection 150 151 re seeding 1
9. 7 4 9 BitTorrent Security When you download using BitTorrent you reveal your IP address This increases the risk of hacking attacks which can be protected against by a good firewall Use a Hardware based Firewall Place a hardware based firewall between your network and the Internet a software based firewall on your computer would just protect the computer itself not the NSA since your computer is not between your NSA and the Internet Ideally your firewall should have all of the following Figure 39 Firewall Hacking re 4 INTERNEJ Malicious Packets Ss Viruses e Stateful packet inspection to control access between the Internet and your network and protect your NSA and computers from hacking attacks NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications e IDP Intrusion Detection and Prevention to detect malicious packets within normal network traffic and take immediate action against them e Anti virus to check files you download for computer viruses BitTorrent and Your Firewall The anti virus feature on a firewall probably cannot check BitTorrent downloads for viruses so use anti virus software on your computer to scan the NSA for viruses When you download using BitTorrent many other BitTorrent users are also trying to download the file from you The firewall slows this down because by default it only allows traffic from the Internet in response to a request that originated on th
10. Move Select a folder or file and click this to move it to another location within this share or another share that you can access See Section 2 5 2 on page 35 for more details Copy Select a folder or file and click this to move create a copy of it in another location within this share or another share that you can access See Section 2 5 2 on page 35 for more details Current location This is the name of the share and folder path that you are in Type The icon in this column identifies the entry as a folder or a file The folder with an arrow pointing up is for the link that takes you to the next higher layer in the share s folder tree Name This column identifies the names of folders and files in the share Click Up One Level to go to the next higher layer in the share s folder tree Click a file s file name to open the file or save it to your computer Click a folder s name to display the folder s contents Size This column displays a file s size in bytes NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 4 My NSA Share Browsing continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modified Date This column displays the last time the file or folder was changed in year month day hour minute second format Close Click this to return to the My NSA screen 2 5 2 My NSA Share Browsing Move or Copy Screen Select a folder or file in the My NSA share b
11. 4 1 1 What You Can Doin the System Setting Screens e Use the Server Name screen Section 4 2 on page 106 to specify the NSA s server and workgroup names e Use the Date Time screen Section 4 3 on page 107 to set up date time and choose a time zone for the NSA 4 1 2 What You Need to Know About System Settings Windows CIFS Common Internet File System CIFS is a standard protocol supported by most operating systems in order to share files across the network e CIFS is included by default in Windows and Mac OSX operating systems e You can use Samba with Linux to use CIFS e CIFS transfers use security Time Lag Time lag occurs when the time on the NSA falls behind the time on the time server This may happen if e the time server is no longer reachable e if the NSA is shut down often the NSA internal battery keeps time when the NSA is shut down and this may cause possible variance e power surges occur The NSA gives no warning if time lag occurs You should resynchronize the time NSA 220 Plus User s Guide after a power surge or after you have shut down the NSA several times Chapter 4 System Setting 4 2 The Server Name Screen Click System Setting gt Server Name to open the following screen Use this screen to configure your CIFS settings In this screen you can set your server name and specify if your NSA is a part of a workgroup or domain Note CIFS cannot be disabled on the NSA a Syst
12. IP Address The NSA needs an IP address to communicate with other devices on your network The NSA can get an IP address automatically if you have a device on your network that gives them out Or you can assign the NSA a static fixed IP address DNS Server Address A DNS Domain Name System server maps domain names like www zyxel com to their corresponding numerical IP addresses This lets you use domain names to access web sites without having to know their IP addresses The NSA can receive the IP address of a DNS server automatically along with the NSA s own IP address You can also manually enter a DNS server IP address in the NSA Jumbo Frames Jumbo frames are Ethernet frames larger than 1500 bytes They enable data transfer with less overhead The bigger the frame the better the network performance Your network equipment such as computers switches and routers must be capable of supporting jumbo frames You also need to enable jumbo frames in all related network devices NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 125 Chapter 6 Network PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE allows the NSA to establish a direct Internet connection if you do not have a router PPPoE is a dial up connection You need a username and password from your Internet Service Provider ISP to set up the connection 6 2 The TCP IP Screen Use the TCP IP screen to have the NSA use a dynamic or static IP address subnet mask default g
13. Memeo Autobackup Memeo Autobackup is a tool for Windows users to create backups of data stored on their Windows computers to an NSA This software is included on the CD Time and Date Configure a time server and set a time zone for your NSA to show the correct times in logs NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 14 Product Specifications 14 3 Specification Tables The NSA hardware specifications are shown in the following table Table 72 NSA Hardware Specifications Default IP Address DHCP client If no DHCP server is found the NSA uses Auto IP to choose an IP address in the 169 254 X X subnet where X is a number from 1 to 254 Default Subnet Mask DHCP client by default If no DHCP server is found the subnet mask defaults to 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Username admin Default Password 1234 Dimensions 113 D 202 W 142 H mm Weight 1 5 kg without hard drives Drive Trays Two Compatible Hard Disks SATA I and SATA II 3 0 Gbit s Serial Advanced Technology Attachment compatible hard drives Maximum Number of Folders Per Share The NSA s media server function can detect up to 8 000 folders within a single published share After 8 000 folders have been created new folder contents will not be added to the media server s list However you can still access the folders using Samba Ports Ethernet One auto negotiating auto MDI
14. Users are people who have access rights to the NSA and can store files there for later retrieval A user can e Manage shares that he owns e Change his own password e Access the contents of other shares to which he is given access rights 8 1 1 What You Can Do in the Users Screen e Use the main Users screen Section 8 2 on page 186 to display a list of user accounts created on the NSA e Use the Add User screen Section 8 3 on page 188 to create new user accounts e Use the Edit User screen Section 8 3 on page 188 to edit the properties of an existing account e Use the User Info screen Section 8 4 on page 190 to display the amount of volume space used by a selected account and the account s membership in any groups NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 8 Users 8 2 The Users Screen Click Sharing gt Users to display the screen shown next Use this screen to create and manage accounts for users who can store files on the NSA Sharing Users Users Figure 67 Sharing gt Users Add User Search Edit User Delete User Info ree Selected Display Number 20 W User s Go to Pagef w Page 1 Of1 8 Bob 8 Jimmy A Se admin Page 1 Of 1 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 45 Sharing gt Users LABEL DESCRIPTION Add User Click this to open a screen where you can configure a new user account Search Click this to display a s
15. 7000 Another videoconferencing solution NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Importing Certificates This appendix shows you how to import public key certificates into your web browser Public key certificates are used by web browsers to ensure that a secure web site is legitimate When a certificate authority such as VeriSign Comodo or Network Solutions to name a few receives a certificate request from a website operator they confirm that the web domain and contact information in the request match those on public record with a domain name registrar If they match then the certificate is issued to the website operator who then places it on the site to be issued to all visiting web browsers to let them know that the site is legitimate Many ZyXEL products such as the NSA 2401 issue their own public key certificates These can be used by web browsers on a LAN or WAN to verify that they are in fact connecting to the legitimate device and not one masquerading as it However because the certificates were not issued by one of the several organizations officially recognized by the most common web browsers you will need to import the ZyXEL created certificate into your web browser and flag that certificate as a trusted authority Note You can see if you are browsing on a secure website if the URL in your web browser s address bar begins with https or there is a sealed padlock icon amp somewhere in the main browser wi
16. Click the heading cell again to reverse the sort order Type This field displays whether the power control schedule has the NSA turn on turn off or reboot Frequency This field shows how often monthly weekly or daily the NSA is to apply this power control schedule Execute Time This field shows when the NSA is to use this power control schedule when the NSA is to turn on turn off or reboot Actions Click the Delete icon to remove a power control schedule from the list Add Power Use this part of the screen to configure power on power off and reboot Control times Schedule NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 58 Maintenance gt Power Management gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Select whether this power control schedule has the NSA turn on turn off or reboot Frequency Select whether the NSA is to apply this power control schedule entry on a monthly weekly or daily basis Execute Time hh mm Enter the time day and or day of the month as appropriate for this power control schedule entry Leave more than 10 minutes between the execution times of the entries If the NSA turns off or restarts while a user is transferring files to or from the NSA the transfer fails The user will need to restart the transfer The NSA skips a scheduled restart or power off if the execution time comes while the NSA is doing any of
17. Create Folder Click this to create a new folder within the share Specify a name to identify the folder See Section 2 5 5 on page 38 for more information on folder names Click Apply to create a folder Create Folder Folder Name esata Upload Click this to add files to the share Use the Browse button to locate a file and click Apply to upload the file Upload Files File 1 E Browse File 2 SS Browse File 3 a Browse File 4 p Browse File 5 4 Browse Q Note The size of uploaded files can t be more than 2G NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 4 My NSA Share Browsing continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Rename Select a folder or file and click this to open the Rename screen Enter the name you want and click OK to make the changes See Section 2 5 5 on page 38 for more information on the number and types of characters you can use to name a folder or file Note When you change a file name make sure you keep the file extension unchanged Rename File Name 070804102639741 jpg Delete Select a folder or file and click this to open a warning screen Click Yes to delete the file or click No to close the screen le SSSSSKKKKKKKKKKKKKRRKRRRKRRRKRRKRRRRRRRRRKRRRRKKRRRRRRKRKRRKRRRRRRRRRR Delete all content associated with these folders and files Do you wish to proceed
18. Edit This button is available only when you select Advanced share access Click this to configure advanced share acess rights Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving 10 3 1 Configuring Advanced Share Access In the Sharing gt Shares gt Add Share or Edit Share screen select Advanced from the Share Access drop down list Click Edit to open the following screen Use this screen to configure share access rights for individual users and groups Figure 74 Sharing gt Shares gt Add Share or Edit Share gt Advanced Share Access Configuration Available User s Group s Authority Full lz lt Users gt lt Groups gt anonymous ftp lt Groups gt everyone children eza family i Q Note You may select multiple users groups by using Ctrl Click NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 10 Shares The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 53 Sharing gt Shares gt Add Share or Edit Share gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Available Users Groups This field lists the users groups you can assign access rights Authority Use this field to assign access rights to users groups Full Control gives users groups full access read write and execute to all files contained within this share Read Only gives users groups read only access they cannot modif
19. Max upload rate fo KB s 0 No0 Limit EPpy j LES ea The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 44 Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr gt Preferences LABEL DESCRIPTION Folder Watch List Status This indicates whether the share is available upload amp represents a valid folder The share is available for auto represents a missing folder The share may be deleted from the NSA or the hard disk was removed from the NSA Share Name This is the share selected for auto upload Path This is the path of a folder selected for auto upload The NSA only uploads files stored in the specified share or folder to your FTP server Action Use the Remove icon to remove a share from the Folder Watch List Shares Select a share for auto upload from the drop down list NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications Table 44 Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr gt Preferences continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Path Select a folder on the NSA You can use Browse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators Browse Click this to choose a folder from the selected share Select a folder and then click Apply If you click Apply without selecting a folder a forward slash displays in the Path field All contents within the specified share are selec
20. When you perform a search in the workgroup this option allows you to locate computers named with non English characters Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 4 System Setting 4 3 The Date Time Screen Use this screen to select a time zone and a time server from which your NSA can get the time and date This time is then used in NSA logs and alerts Click the System Setting link in the navigation panel and then click the Date Time link to access the Date Time screen ystem Setting Date Time Current System Date Time Setting Current Time Current Date Date Time Setup O manual New Date yyyy mm dd New Time hh mm ss Get from Time Server Time Server Address Time Zone Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Start Date End Date Offset Figure 20 System Setting gt Date Time 17 19 33 0800 2008 12 12 2008 12 12 m 7 pis yrctrorize NON time stdtime gov tw GMT 08 00 Beijing Hong Kong Perth Singapore Taipei January m First Monday at g 3 January E First i Monday x at g g 1 mhours The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 System Setting gt Date Time LABEL DESCRIPTION Current System Date Time Setting Current Time This field displays the time of your NSA Cur
21. s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 5 Enter the NSA s web address nsa220plus by default and click Apply A warning message displays asking for confirmation Click OK to apply the setting t Internet Explorer provided by Z Ex NSA Domain Name IP Address nsaz20plus Apply Firefox 1 Open Firefox 2 Open the folder containing the link capture browser plugin 3 To install the plugin drag and drop the plugin to Firefox Mozilla Firefox J lajx File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help Gs c x si OO 9 W Yahoo EFR 3 Gmail ZyXEL NSA 220 is Untitled B 2 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help gt Glau SE Xx0 E Address E s Jasmine NSA 220 Fi rmware 3 00 AFB 0 b2_with_LinkCapture linkcapture Firefox gt bo Size type 17 KB XPI File install_xpi XPI File Modified 7 16 2008 2 13 PM Size 16 4 KB Attributes normal Type XPI File Size 16 4 KB 16 4 1B Ki Computer NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 4 The following screen displays Click Install Now Software Installation Only install add ons from authors whom you trust Malicious software can damage your computer or violate your privacy You have asked to install the following item ogi installxpi Aathor aot ventisa fileD My 20DocurmentsiJasminei NBA 220 Firrware 3 00 4FB 0 b2_with_Li
22. shin smt ha orage Y DEVICES mm E Macintosh HD gt mshome BE iDisk gt mygroup as gt nancyz as NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Expand the NSA to display the shares you may access Y DEVICES Name Date Modified El Macintosh HD iDisk mshome ance mygroup a nancyz Ss nsa22nancy amp nsa220plus gt M nsa220 cae v M nsa220 tw Boon admin Downloads music ff zyxel photo EEA A Applications public ares Documents E video se gt E spbu_nas nsa220pl 3 10 2 Go Menu 4 In the Finder click Go gt Connect to Server Enclosing Folder Computer Home E Desktop Network iDisk Applications Utilities Recent Folders Connect to Server NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 5 When the Connect to Server dialog box opens enter smb and the NSA s IP address in the Server Address field You may also click Browse to have the MAC search for the NSA Click Connect BON Connect to Server Server Address E 0 Favorite Servers gt qe Remove Browse Z 6 Once you establish the connection you can access the NSA from the Finder or directly from the desktop NSA 220 Plus User s Guide PART IL System Setting 4 1 Overview This chapter gives an overview of the various features included in the system setting screens
23. 36 3 Tumon The NSAS Web SOGUIIY sisessssiccincpisnesueiiciiedieseen cecciedied couesdienveustecnivenrnentves 92 3 9 Using FTPS to Connect tol NSA at certainement 98 3 10 sing a MAC lo Access Me NSA near RNN 99 TOUT PM OEA 100 oe LOS Poe DEN sen nn E T OP AAA A A NAA S ANT 101 Part Il System Setting Storage Network and Applications 103 Chapter 4 System Il missaires sous 105 a OVEN ina A cr center er tree Creertr orer mtr Tren n 105 4 1 1 What You Can Do in the System Setting Screens 2 0 00 ceccccsseeneeceeseeeeeeeeeneneeees 105 ES NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Table of Contents 4 1 2 What You Need to Know About System Settings 2 0 0 cceeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeees 105 42 Ihe Server Nome SCOED uaira enea e ao aa aE DAAE e S ENAA dusen 106 4 9 The Date lime Sorem cascaiiues con tebviesontcigduetecesegueveosssenyes aN aane oi anbi Eorann 107 Chapter 5 ele e e A T A E anti a ain ee t one 111 CHED E E E O EET EA ahs A EEIN AA I AEON OAT OO ENEE TO 111 5 1 1 What You Need to Know About Storage sise 111 Dic DOS ISON nan A et E anlar EE E Ra 112 5 2 1 Disk Replacement Restrictions ss 112 5 2 2 Displaying the Storage SOreeN ssssrnarronraennraeenenanennenneannennaaderseneeaetant s 113 5o PLUG an imiermal YOMO RE TI 115 D Voume JAUS apri Aseacane ee een eee 116 oA Editing NOMME sssini raa Es D last E aD 117 D Creating an Extemal Volume banane lande sais bed 118 Dye M Enema DKE arenans R We e
24. All rights reserved This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscape s SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are adhered to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA lhash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 337 Appendix E Open Source Licences BSD Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the
25. Althorities You have certificates on file that identify these web sites Purposes 4 Use the Select File dialog box to locate the certificate and then click Open Figure 147 Firefox 2 Select File Select File containing Web Site certificate to import Look in Desktop 3 My Computer my Documents Buy Network Places File name CA cer Filles of type Certificate Files 5 The next time you visit the web site click the padlock in the address bar to open the Page Info gt Security window to see the web page s security information NSA 2401 Users Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Removing a Certificate in Firefox This section shows you how to remove a public key certificate in Firefox 2 1 Open Firefox and click Tools gt Options Figure 148 Firefox 2 Tools Menu Web Search Downloads Add ons Java Console Error Console Page Info Clear Private Data Ctrl Shift Del x Options 2 In the Options dialog box click Advanced gt Encryption gt View Certificates Figure 149 Firefox 2 Options Oo amp Main Tabs Content Feeds Privacy Security Advanced General Network Upda Encryption Protocols Use SSL 3 0 Use TLS 1 0 Certificates When a web site requires a certificate Select one automatically Ask me every time View Certificates Revocation Lists Ca Ce Ce NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendi
26. Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings Z 0 Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet D This zone contains all Web sites you Gree haven t placed in other zones m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone Medium Safe browsing and still functional e Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites RE OK Cancel Apply 2 Click the Custom Level button Default Level 3 Under Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 4 Click OK to close the window Figure 89 Security Settings Script Safe ActiveX Controls Settings Run ActiveX controls and plug ins Administrator approved Disable Enable a Prompt e Script Activex controls marked safe For scripting Di Downloads ER File download Disable Enable gt Cant daunas ofl Reset custom settings Reset to Medium E Reset J can see the login screen but cannot log in to the NSA e Make sure you have entered the username and password correctly The default username is admin and the default passw
27. DNS Settings in resolv conf nameserver 172 23 5 1 nameserver 172 23 5 2 3 After you edit and save the configuration files you must restart the network card Enter network restart in the etc rc d init d directory The following figure shows an example Figure 111 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card root localhost init d network restart Shutting down interface eth0 OK Shutting down loopback interface OK Setting network parameters OK Bringing up loopback interface OK Bringing up interface eth0 OK NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computers IP Address Verifying Settings Enter ifconfig in a terminal screen to check your TCP IP properties Figure 112 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties eth0 root localhost ifconfig Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 50 BA 72 5B 44 inet addr 172 23 19 129 Bcast 172 23 19 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 717 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 13 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 100 RX bytes 730412 713 2 Kb TX bytes 1570 1 5 Kb Interrupt 10 Base address 0x1000 root localhost NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 270 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you ne
28. Flickr YouTube gt Config YouTube YouTube Account Configuration Username PinkPeachyPie Folder Selection Folder Watch List GG public i ii video Wedding Video Ww ea video Baby Video Ww Shares public E Note Only the following file formats will be automatically uploaded 3gp asf asx avi o dif di dy fli gl mov movie mp4 mpe mpeg mpg ogy qt wm wmv WMX WVE o YouTube limits the file size allowed for an uploaded video Files exceeding the file size limit may not be uploaded successfully Grace Period Setting The time the system will wait before a newly added media file is saved in a watched folder Grace Period fi minutes Default Video Category Please select a category C Film amp Animation autos amp Vehicles music pets amp Animals Sports Travel amp Events Cc Comedy People amp Blogs C News amp Politics Entertainment Education C Howto amp Style O Nonprofits amp Activism Science amp Technology Default Privacy Setting Who can see your media files on YouTube Cc Only You Lo Anyone 176 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Applicat ions gt Auto Upload gt Config YouTube LABEL DESCRIPTION Flickr Account Configuration Username This field displays the use
29. NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 225 Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Protecting Your Data 12 1 Overview This chapter compares the different ways of protecting data on the NSA and explains how to use backup management software included on the CD 12 2 Protection Methods There are a variety of ways to protect your data on the NSA Below is a summary table of what can be done in each situation Table 68 Overview of Protection Methods SITUATION ACTION Unexpected NSA behavior after Back up the NSA configuration file before you configuration changes make major configuration changes Need to transfer data from your Use the Memeo Autobackup program computer to the NSA after volume s have been created Data infected by virus Use anti virus software on your computer to scan files before saving them onto the NSA Although this may be slow so you may want to schedule it to occur while no one is using the NSA Use a firewall with anti virus capability on your network Hard drive malfunction Use RAID NSA malfunction Back up data to another NSA or external USB hard drive Network down Natural disaster such as a fire or earthquake occurs where your NSA is located The following sections describe these methods in more detail See Section 5 6 3 on page 121 for more information on RAID NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 227 Chapter 12 Protecting Your Data
30. but the access rights are independent of the folder you configure the share and the folder separately You can map a share to a network drive for easy and familiar file transfer for Windows users The main My NSA screen displays the shares to which you have access Figure 10 My NSA ZyXEL sc ES e My NSA Password Administration Download Service My NSA My Shares Networks orage Spy Sb ADHIENIES le Phe le public admin Other Shares Currently there are no other shares that are accessible to you on the system NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 31 Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 3 My NSA LABEL DESCRIPTION My Shares These are the shares that you own and manage The share icons are folder shaped Click a share icon to access the share s contents __ A plain share icon displays for a share on a volume on the E internal hard drives i A USB symbol displays on the icon for a share on an external USB device An external share s icon turns gray if the share is not currently available because the USB device was removed for example An orange icon displays a built in system share created by the NSA The administrator owns and manages the public shares Configure Click this to see and configure the management details for a share Other Shares These are other shares on the inter
31. e This device may not cause harmful interference e This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Viewing Certifications Go to http www zyxel com Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of
32. haven t placed in other zones r Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone Medium Safe browsing and still functional a Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned Activex controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Scripting 4 Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default 5 Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 275 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 6 Click OK to close the window Figure 118 Security Settings Java Scripting Security Settings Settings Scripting Es Active scripting Disable brome Es Allow paste operations via script Disable Enable Prompt Es Scripting of Java applets O Disable Prompt Los okhankie skin b m Reset custom settings to to Medium 7 Reset emes Java Permissions 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Microsoft VM 4 Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected 276 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java
33. the torrent file into the torrent folder The NSA automatically uses the torrent file After your BitTorrent download and sharing are finished you can go to the incoming folder within the destination share or folder and delete the torrent file if you need to free up hard disk space NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 4 2 Configuring the Download Service Screen Click Applications gt Download Service to open the following screen Use this screen to manage the NSA s file downloads Note By default the NSA saves downloads in the admin share s download folder Figure 32 Applications gt Download Service Download Service Download service allows you to download files from the Internet directly to the NSA Ed Enable Download Service PEPPY Enable Download Notify PA 9 8 PP w B Queued Add Preferences Refresh Delete Pause Resume Task Info G Paused Faveo in Completed 7 Error 0 Status Complete Priority The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 Applications gt Download Service LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Download Service Use this option and the Apply button to turn the download service off or on If you turn off the service all downloads are paused The files that were downloading are treated as queued Turning the download service back on resumes your downloads or restar
34. 12 2 1 12 2 2 Configuration File Backup and Restoration Use the Maintenance gt Configuration menus to create a file of your NSA configurations such as passwords shares and volumes created network settings and so on If you re going to do some major configuration changes then it is advisable to create a configuration backup file If things go wrong after you make the configuration changes you can always go back to the previous configuration by restoring an earlier configuration file If you forgot the NSA password then use the RESET button see Section 13 3 1 on page 234 to return the NSA to the factory default configuration Note Configuration File Backup and Restoration does not affect data your files and folders volumes on the NSA Memeo Autobackup Use the Memeo Autobackup software included on the CD on your computer to schedule and manage backups You can backup from your computer to the NSA You can also backup from one NSA on your network to another You can set the Memeo Autobackup software to automatically back up files from your computer to the NSA whenever you modify the files Install the included DLNA compliant Memeo Autobackup software on your Windows 2000 or later computers to let them browse and play files stored on the NSA See the Quick Start Guide for how to install the Memeo Autobackup software and the requirement details Note The Memeo Autobackup program uses the same network port as the NDU to d
35. 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 4 8 Displaying the Download Task Information Select an item on the list and click Task Info Use this screen to check detailed information about the download task Figure 38 Applications gt Download Service gt Task Info Task Info Status Name Size Uploaded Downloaded Ratio Complete Seeds Peers Download Speed Upload Speed Health Time Left Priority Comment Start Time Completed On Info Hash Tracker Detailed Information Pause Christmas Adventure Screensaver Christmas Adventure Screensaver mininova torrent BT 3 42 MB NaN 0 00 Bytes 0 00 Bytes 0 00 0 000000 Auto x Auto generated torrent by Mininos 2008 Dec 03 17 11 14 1970 Jan 01 08 00 00 S2c15b1ba daa21aac1516145e68c26a2be0c59f The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 32 Applications gt Download Service gt Task Info Downloaded Ratio LABEL DESCRIPTION Status This is the current status of the download task Name This is the name of the download task Size This is the size of the file to be downloaded Uploaded This is the ratio of total uploaded data to downloaded data Complete This field displays how much has been downloaded to the NSA Seeds This field displays how many seeds are being shared for this download task Peers This field displays how many peers are sharing t
36. 3 Tutorials 3 3 4 Configuring the Download Service Preferences Once you added a list of download tasks to the NSA see Section 3 3 1 on page 59 and Section 3 3 3 on page 67 you can have the NSA download files during a specific time period of the day You can also configure the BitTorrent settings to control bandwidtch and optimize download efficiency Say you have the NSA turned on all the time but you only want the NSA download files at night Here is how you use the download period control feature to set the time range 1 Click Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences to open the General Settings screen 2 Select Enable Download Period Control and use the arrows to adjust the time period from 23 30 to 09 00 Click Apply to save your changes The NSA only downloads files within this 9 5 hour period every day Preferences General Settings BitTorrent Default Destination Shares admin m Path download Browse wee Download Period Control 7 Enable Download Period Control Download Service is active in the specified time period hh mm hh mm e e 4 6 40 4 i Note If you configure the Power On Off Schedule feature in the Power Management screen make sure your active download period does not conflict with the power off period Note If power failure occurs during the active download period the NSA will verify whether the downloaded files were damaged If a fil
37. Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 6 Network NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Applications 7 1 Overview This chapter discusses the features in the Application screens The NSA contains various applications for file sharing and downloading 7 1 1 What You Can Do in the Application Screens e Use the FTP screen Section 7 2 on page 133 to configure settings for FTP file transfers to from the NSA e Use the Media Server screen Section 7 3 on page 135 to share files with media clients e Use the Download Service screen Section 7 4 on page 138 to download files from the Internet e Use the Web Publishing screen Section 7 5 on page 152 to publish shares for people to access files using a web browser e Use the Broadcatching screen Section 7 6 on page 158 to download frequently updated digital content like TV programs radio talk shows Podcasts audio files and blogs Use the Print Server screen Section 7 7 on page 162 to share a printer Use the Copy Sync Button screen Section 7 8 on page 164 to transfer files between a USB device and the NSA Use the Flickr YouTube screen Section 7 9 on page 169 to upload photos and music to your Flickr and YouTube accounts Use the FTP Uploadr screen Section 7 10 on page 178 to upload files to your FTP servers 7 1 2 What You Need to Know About Applications FTP F
38. Consumption in Watts W POWER SYSTEM READ SOURCE WRITE SYSTEM IDLE 240V 50Hz 25 2W 11 9W 100V 60Hz 23 6W 11 7W NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 251 Chapter 14 Product Specifications 252 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide ART Appendices and Index p Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 271 Common Services 281 Importing Certificates 285 Open Source Licences 317 Legal Information 355 Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 255 Appendix A Setting up Your Computers IP Address Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window Figure 92 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration Network Eil LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905
39. Edit Scan P Repair f Delete a oa z ae disk1 PAEO disk2 Disk Capacity JBOD 62 98 188 45 GB Used 37 02 Free raw 219 83 GB Total F Edit Ei tocate amp Eject S4 scan There are currently no volumes The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 Storage LABEL DESCRIPTION Internal External These tables display information on all internal volumes created Volume on NSA internal disk drives and external volumes created on external disk drives attached to the NSA USB ports Create an Internal Volume Click this to format internal hard drives and create a new volume All data on the disk s will be lost Create an External Click this to format an external hard drive and create a new Volume volume All data on the disk will be lost Status This field shows whether the volume is Healthy Resync Recovering Degraded or Down See Section 5 3 1 on page 116 for details on a volumes status Volume The NSA creates the volume name automatically You can edit it Disk Configuration This field shows which disks and data storage system the volume is using File System This field displays the file system that an external USB volume is using NSA 220 Plus User s Guide ET Chapter 5 Storage Table 16 Storage continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Disk s Click or roll your mouse over a link in this column to dis
40. FTP Sessions Maximum Number of 204 System Management Remote Management via Web Configurator HTTP NSA Discovery Utility NDU Logging Monitoring Centralized Logs Firmware Upgrade Web Configurator Web Browsers Supported Internet Explorer 6 0 and later versions Firefox 1 07 and later versions Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions A Limits may vary depending on user share resource usage The following list which is not exhaustive illustrates the standards and recommendations supported in the NSA Table 74 Supported Standards and Recommendations CSS level 1 Cascading Style Sheets CSS level 2 revision 1 Cascading Style Sheets CSS 2 1 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 14 Product Specifications Table 74 Supported Standards and Recommendations DATETIME Date and Time Formats W3C World Wide Web Consortium Note M Wolf and C Wicksteed 15 September 1997 Revised 27 August 1998 See http www w3 org TR 1998 NOTE datetime 19980827 DLNA v1 5 Server The DLNA Digital Living Network Alliance group of companies works to make products compatible and able to work in a home network in order to make digital living easy and seamless DLNA clients play files stored on DLNA servers ECMA 262 The original ECMAScript standard also known as JavaScript ECMA 262 Edition 2 The ECMAScript standard s second revision also ISO standard 16262
41. MDI X 10 100 10008 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet port 1000BASE T USB v2 0 Storage Two ports on front panel Windows NTFS read only FAT32 and FAT16 Linux ReiserFS EXT2 and EXT3 LEDs PWR SYS HDD1 HDD2 COPY and LAN Operating 09 C 400 C Temperature AC Input Voltage 100 240 V at 50 60 Hz Current 3 42 A Storage Temperature 3090 C 60 C Operating Humidity 20 90 RH non condensing Storage Humidity 20 90 RH non condensing Certifications EMC FCC Part15B VCCI BSMI EN55022 EN55024 Safety CSA International EN60950 1 A Hard drives may not be included with your NSA B Use an 8 wire Ethernet cable for Gigabit connections NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 247 Chapter 14 Product Specifications The NSA firmware specifications are shown in the following table Table 73 NSA Firmware Specifications File Storage System JBOD RAID O 1 Network Protocols TCP IP UDP IP DHCP Client FTP HTTP File Management Create Delete System Volume Network File Sharing Protocol CIFS SMB for Windows and Mac OSX HTTP for web browser FTP Network Security Authentication Share level Supported Clients Windows 2000 Professional Server Windows XP Home Professional Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista Concurrent CIFS Sessions Linux Maximum Number of Users 100 Allowed Maximum Number of 204 Concurrent
42. Permissions 5 Click OK to close the window Figure 119 Security Settings Java Security Settings Settings Disable Enable 23 Font download Disable Enable a Prompt 5 Microsoft YM E Java permissions Custom Qora Jay High safety Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium x Reset J JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for lt applet gt under Java Sun is selected NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 277 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 120 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings M Use HTTP 1 1 CO Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections amp Java M J Use Java 2 v1 4 1_07 fr lt appleb ques estan gt 2 1 4 1_0 for J Use Java 2 viA1_07 fr lt appleb ques a gt requires restart B Microso O Java NAIS enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing gt Restore De
43. Qualified Root CA 2 2006 PN CN D TRUST Qualifie 00B9 CN S TRUST Qualified Root CA 2006 001 P CN S TRUST Qualifie OODF NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 The next time you visit the web site click the padlock in the address bar to open the KDE SSL Information window to view the web page s security details NSA 2401 User s Guide 313 Appendix D Importing Certificates Removing a Certificate in Konqueror This section shows you how to remove a public key certificate in Konqueror 3 5 1 Open Konqueror and click Settings gt Configure Konqueror Figure 169 Konqueror 3 5 Settings Menu ri Hide Menubar Ctrl M Toolbars 1 Full Screen Mode Ctrl Shift F Load View Profile Save View Profile Web Browsing Configure View Profiles Configure Extensions Configure Spell Checking Configure Shortcuts Configure Toolbars Configure Konqueror 2 In the Configure dialog box select Crypto 3 On the Peer SSL Certificates tab select the certificate you want to delete and then click Remove Figure 170 Konqueror 3 5 Configure Configure Konqueror a Configure SSL manage certificates and other cryptography settings Cookies SSL OpenSSL Your Certificates Authentication Peer SSL Certificates SL signers Q Organization Common Name 5 jl KDO Cache Sa Proxy Stylesheets PN lal ZyXEL Organiz
44. Select Edit a self signed CA certificate then follow the on screen instructions for creating a public key certificate signed by the NSA as the local certificate authority Note Use certificates created and signed by the NSA if the device is not open to external access Select Create a certificate authorized by other CA then follow the on screen instructions to install a certificate that has been authorized by a third party certificate authority Note Use this method if the device is open to external access such as allowing users to connect through the Internet using FTP over TLS or HTTPs NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens 11 6 1 Modifying or Creating a Certificate When you select the Edit a self signed CA certificate option then click the Edit button a screen opens to allow you to make adjustments to the NSA s public key certificate The screen is also the same for the Create a certificate authorized by other CA option Figure 83 Maintenance gt SSL gt Create or Edit a Certificate Create a Certificate Signing Request Common Name Host IP Address Host Domain Name Organizational Unit Optional Max length 64 characters Organization Optional Max length 64 characters Country Optional Country code only such as TW US JP etc Key Type RSA 2 Key Length 1024 ry Note myo choose a large key length it may take a while to make the c
45. Service V5 RFC 1738 Uniform Resource Locators URL RFC 1808 Relative Uniform Resource Locators RFC 1945 The Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP 1 0 RFC 2131 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2396 Uniform Resource Identifier URI RFC 2396 Uniform Resource Identifiers URI Generic Syntax RFC 2616 Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP 1 1 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 14 Product Specifications Table 74 Supported Standards and Recommendations RFC 2854 History of HTML development and lists the relevant W3C World Wide Web Consortium recommendations for the text html MIME type RFC 3066 BCP 47 Language tags Best Current Practice RFC 3282 Content language headers RFC 3986 STD 66 Uniform Resource Identifier URI Generic Syntax RFC 4120 The Kerberos Network Authentication Service V5 RFC 4248 The telnet URI Scheme RFC 793 STD 7 Transmission Control Protocol RFC 959 STD 9 File Transfer Protocol SATA SATA I and SATA II 3 0 Gbit s Serial Advanced Technology Attachment compatible hard drives UPnP Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices USB 2 0 USB Universal Serial Bus version 2 0 allows for interfacing devices with data transfers rates of up to 480 Mbps XHTML 1 0 Extensible HyperText Markup Language Second Edition X
46. Sync Deleting s from USB Recursively Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Finished Elapsed Time s Seconds Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Moving s from Internal Volume to Backup Button Folder Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Moving s from USB to Backup Folder Button NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 62 Log Messages continued CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Skip s File not Exist Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Skip s Not a Regular File Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Start Pre Processing Generating File Lists Button Copy Sync NOTICE USB Sync Start Copying Files Button Download ERROR Download service cannot find a volume Service Download ERROR Download service failed to find ipfilter dat Service Download INFO Download service add a URL download job s Service Download INFO Download service delete s by user Service Download INFO Download service download s error 0X 08x Service Download INFO Download service download s finished in s Service Download INFO Download service found a new torrent file s Service Download INFO Download service initialized Service Download INFO Download service pause s by user Service Download INFO Download service set s to s priority by user Service Download INFO Download service set default download location to s Ser
47. The standard protocol for web pages e FTP A standard Internet file transfer service e BitTorrent A popular distributed peer to peer files sharing protocol BitTorrent The NSA includes a BitTorrent client for fast downloading and sharing of large files such as educational public domain videos With BitTorrent you share while you re downloading the file BitTorrent breaks up the file and distributes it in hundreds of chunks You start sharing the file as soon as you have downloaded a single chunk Web Publishing Web publishing lets you publish shares containing folders and files on the NSA so people can access the files using a web browser without having to log into the 132 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications My NSA screens This way you can share files with others without them having to know and enter a username and password For example if you want to share photos in a FamilyPhotos share you could web publish it and others could use a web browser to access the photos at http my NSA s IP Address MyWeb FamilyPhotos Broadcatching Broadcatching is the downloading of digital content from Internet feeds Use broadcatching to have the NSA download frequently updated digital content like TV programs radio shows podcasts audio files and blogs RSS RSS Really Simple Syndication is a format for delivering frequently updated digital content A channel uses a feed to deliver it
48. and paste the URL of the torrent file The NSA will automatically download the torrent file and use it You do not have to manually download the torrent file or save it to your computer Note Make sure the link opens either the file you want or a pop up window about how to handle the file It is also OK for the link to open a torrent file If you are redirected to a screen that says the download should start in a few seconds there may be a link to click if the download does not start automatically See if that link opens the file or the pop up window Torrent File A torrent file has information the NSA uses to do a BitTorrent download A torrent file uses a torrent extension If you already have a torrent file saved on your computer select the Torrent File option and specify its path or click Browse and look for its location Default This shows where the NSA stores files after downloading them Destination Volume This is the volume where the NSA saves downloaded files Path This is the location of the share where the NSA will save the downloaded files Click Edit to go to a screen where you can set the default location for saving downloads and configure your BitTorrent settings 142 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications Table 29 Applications gt Download Service gt Add LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return t
49. are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning e CAUTION RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY on the motherboard IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS Dispose them at the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment For detailed information about recycling of this product please contact your local city office your household waste disposal service or the store where you purchased the product e Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Your product is marked with this symbol which is known as the WEEE mark WEEE stands for Waste Electronics and Electrical Equipment It means that used electrical DS and electronic products should not be mixed with general waste Used electrical and electronic equipment should be treated separately NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Safety Warnings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview WARE UT o 4e PR eee en ee Pen 19 Gena RENE WMT NGA canin naar nine dei 21 SD SOUT BASES ois coisas ein munies diabetes diesel 27 TORIES rrini aia RA ta nrin detente tan danser E E Ri 49 System Setting Storage Network and Applications 103 System SEUNG cccrvevcccsiicecesectanescctact sevesccoinsecctenscnceuccaviesssssniesestdenciaestd tucheebsasteirasentiemndar yond 1
50. built in service notice NTP server is set to time stdtime gov tw 7 2007 08 29 17 02 09 built in service notice FTP server starts 8 2007 08 29 17 02 04 interface notice Network Config setting is changed 9 2007 08 29 17 02 03 system notice DNS server address is changed to be given from DHCP server 10 2007 08 29 17 02 03 system notice DNS server setting is changed 11 2007 08 29 17 01 49 built in service notice FTP server stops The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 59 Maintenance gt Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The screen always shows all logs by default Choose a specific log category to view logs for just that category Refresh Click this to update the log display Purge all Logs Click this to erase all logs from the NSA This is the log entry s number in the list according to the currently selected sort order Time This shows the date and time the log was created Click the top of the column to sort by oldest or newest Class This displays the log category see Table 60 on page 213 for details Severity This displays how serious the log is rated by the NSA See Table 61 on page 213 for more information Message This displays a description of the log Click the top of the column to sort by alphabetical or reverse alphabetical order First Prev Use these hyperlinks to navigate to the first or previous log page Next Last Use these hyperlinks to nav
51. claim against Participant alleging that such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringement litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 347 Appendix E Open Source Licences 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agreements excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 Limitation of liability Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort including negligence contract or otherwise shall you the initial developer any other contributor or any distributor of covered code or any supplier of any of such parties be liable to any person for any indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without limitation damages for loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulti
52. distribution All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps directory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publicly available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under an
53. exceed 255 characters NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 5 7 Password Screen Click Password to open the following screen Use this screen to change an account s password Enter a new password and confirm it by re entering it Figure 15 Password ZyXEL 6 ER w My NSA Password Administration Download Service MNasiior lt Series AppIIance Edit Password Account Name ba Old Password y New Password s Password Confirm DOOS 2 A Caution Please keep a record of your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password s The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 8 Password LABEL DESCRIPTION Account Name Type the user name of the account for which you want to change the password Old Password Type the user s current password New Password Create a new password for the user You can type from one to 14 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters Password Confirm You must type the exact same password that you just typed in the above field Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to refresh the screen NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 6 Administration Screens The Administration tab displays when you log in as the administrator Cl
54. exception as in steps 6 to 7 on pages 95 to 96 See the next section for how to use FTPS with the NSA for secure FTP transfers 3 9 Using FTPS to Connect to the NSA This section covers how to use FTP over TLS with the NSA for secure FTP transfers Before you go through this section read Section 3 8 on page 86 to configure HTTPS This example uses FileZilla 1 Open FileZilla and click File gt Site Manager gt New Site e Configure the Host field with the NSA s address e Set the Servertype to FTPES FTP over explicit TLS SSL e Configure the account name and password e Click Connect Site Manager Select Entry My Sites New site Host 192 168 1 35 Port 21 General Advanced Transfer settings Charset Servertype FTPES FTP over explicit TLS SSL Logontype Normal User Gonzo Password le Account Comments NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 2 A security warning screen displays The SHA1 fingerprint must match the NSA s certificate you downloaded from the NSA to your computer Double click the NSA s certificate file and then click Details and look at the Thumbprint If they match click OK Unknown certificate The server s certificate is unknown Please carefully examine the certificate to l make sure the server can be trusted Details Host 192 168 1 35 21 Valid From 9 12 2008 Valid to 9 12 2011 Serial number 00 8F 2d 37 2c 36 14 e7 37 Pu
55. failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix F Legal Information implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact your vendor You may also refer to the warranty policy for the region in which you bought the device at http www zyxel com web support_warranty_info php Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products
56. license revision or under the terms of any subsequent revision of the license THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OPENLDAP FOUNDATION AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPENLDAP FOUNDATION ITS CONTRIBUTORS OR THE AUTHOR S OR OWNER S OF THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 335 Appendix E Open Source Licences The names of the authors and copyright holders must not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealing in this Software without specific written prior permission Title to copyright in this Software shall at all times remain with copyright holders OpenLDAP is a registered trademark of the OpenLDAP Foundation Copyright 1999 2003 The OpenLDAP Foundation Redwood City California USA All Rights Reserved Permission to copy and distribute verbatim copies of
57. matter the letter case as an existing user For example if a user exists with the name BOB you cannot create a user named bob If you enter a user bob but use BOB when connecting via CIFS or FTP it will use the account settings used for bob e The username cannot be the same as a system username such as ANONYMOUS_FTP nor be the same as an existing user Other reserved usernames that are not allowed are e bin e daemon e ftp e anonymous ftp e nobody e root e pc guest e admin NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 8 Users e password 8 4 Displaying User Info Use this screen to display a user s information In the Users screen select an account and click User Info to open the following screen Figure 69 Sharing gt Users gt User Info User Information Username Bob Space Usage Group List EUSB FLASH DRIVE 34CB1 0 00 Bytes volumei 0 00 Bytes volume2 0 00 Bytes FOR The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 48 Sharing gt Users gt User Info LABEL DESCRIPTION Usermame This field displays the selected username Space Usage Click this to display the amount of volume space used by the selected account Group List Click this to display the selected user s group membership Volume Name This field displays the volume s created on the NSA Used Space This field displays how much storage
58. mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is c
59. media server Unpublished Shares This list box displays the shares that the NSA does not share with the media clients Publish Selected Share s Select shares in the Unpublished Shares box and click this to share the shares with media clients Use the SHIFT key to select a range of entries Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual entries Published Shares This list box displays the shares that the NSA shares with the media clients Unpublish Selected Share s Select shares in the Published Shares box and click this to not share the shares with media clients Use the SHIFT key to select a range of entries Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual entries Enable iTunes Server Select this option to let anyone on your network use iTunes to play music and video files in the published shares Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 137 Chapter 7 Applications 7 4 The Download Service Screen The Download Service screen allows you to download files from the Internet 7 4 1 Download Service The NSA s download service downloads files from the Internet directly to the NSA You do not have to download to your computer and then copy to the NSA This can free up your computer s system resources The download service also handles your broadcatching downl
60. metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address e Click OK when finished Figure 100 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties Advanced TCP IP Settings PIR IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Metric Automatic metric 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP e Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es e If you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computers IP Address If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them Figure 101 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use t
61. must put in a 250 GB or bigger disk as a replacement in order to restore all original data in that volume If you put a bigger disk the extra space on the disk will not be used Note The NSA automatically repairs a degraded RAID if you insert an empty disk without an existing file system Otherwise when you replace a disk you must go to the Storage gt Internal Volume gt RAID screen select the degraded array and click Repair Resynchronizing or Recovering a RAID 1 Volume Resynchronizing or recovering a RAID 1 volume that was down is done block by block so the time it takes depends more on the size of your hard drive s than the amount of data you have on them Note Do not restart the NSA while the NSA is resynchronizing or recovering a volume as this will cause the synchronization to begin again after the NSA fully reboots Note You can access data on a RAID volume while it is resychronizing or recovering but it is not recommended 112 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage 5 2 2 Displaying the Storage Screen Click Storage in the navigation panel to display the following screen Use this screen to display internal and external volumes on the NSA Note It is recommended to scan the volume every three months or 32 reboots Figure 21 Storage ss Storage Internal Yolume Healthy External Yolume RSR EA T E volumet status volume File system CO Capacity ECC amp
62. of files that are queued waiting in line for the NSA to download or the downloads that have been manually paused Completed Click this to see the list of files that the NSA has finished downloading The Location column shows where a downloaded file is saved on the NSA Click on the location link to open the share browser and access the file Error Click this to see the list of files that the NSA was not able to download The NSA automatically retries unsuccessful download attempts The download displays in the error tab when the re attempts are also unsuccessful and the NSA stops trying to download the file To try the download again use the Add button to create a new download task Status The icon shows the download s status Completed The NSA has downloaded the whole file Seeding The download is finished and the NSA is allowing other BitTorrent users to download it Downloading The NSA is getting the file Queued The download is waiting in line for the NSA to download it Pause The download has been manually stopped Select it and click Resume to continue it Error The NSA was not able to complete the download Select it and click Resume to reattempt the download NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications Table 28 Applications gt Download Service continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This identifies the download file A indicates an abbreviated na
63. over TLS see FTPS files uploading 33 FileZilla 98 fingerprint 96 firmware upgrading 224 Flickr 169 access rights 174 activation 169 authorization 170 171 grace period 174 safety level 174 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Index FTP 98 131 133 activation 134 anonymous access 134 over TLS 98 passive mode transfer 134 FTP Uploadr 178 activation 179 bandwidth limit 182 configuration 181 grace period 182 server entry 180 FTPES FTP over explicit TLS SSL 98 FTPS 98 132 G global icons 30 41 GMT 108 grace period 174 178 182 groups 191 adding 192 193 editing 193 membership 188 193 names 194 searching 192 H HTTP port 128 HTTPS 92 221 icons 30 41 44 global 30 41 shares 32 users 187 IP address 125 IP filtering 148 iTunes server 132 135 136 J JBOD 116 120 121 122 jumbo frames 125 126 128 L lag time 105 language selection 30 LEDs 23 link capture browser plugin 143 login 29 logs 212 maintenance 207 backup settings 220 logs 212 power management 208 failure 209 resume 209 schedule 210 UPS 209 reset 220 restoring settings 220 shutdown 225 upgrading firmware 224 master browser 106 media server 132 135 activation 137 configuration 136 iTunes server 132 136 rebuilding database 137 membership 188 groups 188 193 mirroring 122 moving contents 34 35 204 My NSA 30 31 configuring shares 36 37 creating shares 33 icons 30 language selection 30 shar
64. place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the
65. s RAID Storage NOTICE There is a RAID Degraded RAID Storage ERROR Cancel External Volume Scan FAILED Volume Storage ERROR Cancel Internal Volume Scan FAILED Volume Storage ERROR Cannot Unmount Volume and RAID System Busy Using Volume Volume and RAID Please Reboot and Try Again Storage ERROR Create External Normal Volume s s FAILED Volume NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 62 Log Messages continued CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Storage ERROR Create Internal Volume s s FAILED Volume Storage ERROR Rename External Volume to s FAILED Volume Storage ERROR Scan External Volume FAILED Volume Storage ERROR Scan Internal Volume s operation FAILED Volume Storage INFO Cancel External Volume Scan SUCCESS Volume Storage INFO Cancel Internal Volume Scan SUCCESS Volume Storage INFO Create External Normal Volume s s SUCCESS Volume Storage INFO Create Internal Volume s s SUCCESS Volume Storage INFO Rename External Volume to s SUCCESS Volume Storage INFO Scan External Volume SUCCESS Volume Storage INFO Scan Internal Volume s operation SUCCESS Volume System INFO NTP update failed System INFO NTP updates successfully from s System INFO NTP fails to update from s System INFO Device is r
66. s Guide Chapter 10 Shares 10 5 The Share Browser Screen Use this screen to create folders upload files and edit files within the share Figure 76 Sharing gt Shares gt Share Browser Share Browsing r Z 8r 5 Create Folder Upload Rename Delete Move Copy Current Location photo ee Se rene si L wallpaper 2008 07 21 16 56 01 LA 2008 07 30 _16 00 10 2008 07 30 16 00 11 B 070804102634654 jpq 132 74 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 29 gG 070804102644638 jpq 113 22 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 32 O B NTR ChidMana charOLipg Z28S01KB 2008 07 21 16 36 51 amp NTR ChildMana char02 jpg 337 66 KB 2008 07 21 16 36 53 B NTR ChildMana char03 ipq 494 30 KB 2008 07 21 16 36 55 g test ipq 137 37 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 30 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 55 Sharing gt Shares gt Share Browser LABEL DESCRIPTION Create Folder Type a folder name and click Apply to make a new folder The name can be 1 to 255 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters The name cannot be the same as another existing folder in the same path See Section 2 5 5 on page 38 for more information on folder names Upload Click this to add files to the share Use Browse to locate a file and click Apply to upload the file Upload Files File 1 Ej Browse File 2 Ee Browse File 3 4 Browse File4 l Eronse File 5 a Browse Qi Note The size of uploaded files ca
67. server has set to s Services NOTICE NTP server has set to null NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 217 Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 62 Log Messages continued CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Services NOTICE The NTP service is disabled Services NOTICE The NTP service is enabled Services WARNING Reaching Maximum Allowed Rules Services WARNING Reaching Maximum Allowed Rules Services WARNING Rule is empty Services WARNING The Rule Does Not Exist Shares INFO Expire recycle bin finish for share s process time s seconds remove s file s bytes Shares NOTICE Add new disabled share s for unshared folder s in volume s Shares NOTICE Add new share s Shares NOTICE Delete share s Shares NOTICE Purge all files in recycle bin folder in share s Shares NOTICE Recycle bin disabled Remove recycle bin folder in share os Storage ERROR Add s to Jbod FAILED DISK Storage ERROR Eject External Disk s FAILED DISK Storage INFO Add s to Jbod SUCCESS DISK Storage INFO Eject External Disk s SUCCESS DISK Storage ERROR Relabel Raid to s FAILED RAID Storage ERROR Start Repairing Degraded Raid by disk s FAILED RAID Storage INFO Relabel Raid to s SUCCESS RAID Storage INFO Start Repairing Degraded Raid by disk s SUCCESS RAID Storage NOTICE Auto Repair Degraded RAID by disk
68. share you could web publish it and others could use a web browser to access the photos at http my NSA s IP Address MyWeb FamilyPhotos NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 155 Chapter 7 Applications Note The NSA does not use any security for the files in the published folders It is not recommended to publish shares if you do not have the NSA behind a good hardware based firewall See page 150 for more on firewalls Additionally you can use HTML editing software not included to create an index html or index htm file to define and customize how your website works and looks Accessing Web published Shares from the Internet You need to use a public address to access the NSA s web published shares from the Internet If your NSA uses a private IP address you may need to use the public IP address of your Internet gateway and configure NAT or port forwarding on your Internet gateway and possibly firewall rules in order to let people access the NSA s web published shares from the Internet Web Publishing Port Number If the web published shares use a port number other than 80 the normal port for web traffic users must include it after the NSA s IP address in order to access the NSA s web published shares For example say you specified port 8080 the NSA s IP address is 192 168 1 23 and the name of the web published share is FamilyPhotos You would have to enter http 192 168 1 23 8080 MyWeb FamilyPhotos in you
69. shuts down if the UPS s remaining charge gets down to this level Power On After Power Failure amp Keep Former Status If the system was on when the power failed it restarts automatically when the power is restored If it was off it stays off Always Power On The system restarts automatically when the power is restored C Always Power Off The system will not restart after power failure You must press the power button manually to restart it Power On Off Schedule _ Enable Power Control Schedule EB The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 57 Maintenance gt Power Management LABEL DESCRIPTION Power Management Turn off hard Enter the number of minutes the NSA will sit idle before spinning the disk s hard disks down to sleep The default power off time is 3 minutes Apply Click this to save your changes in this section Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings Minimum UPS Capacity NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 57 Maintenance gt Power Management continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Minimum UPS When you use an APC Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS with a USB Capacity connection to the NSA the NSA shuts itself down if the APC UPS s battery charge gets down to the percentage you specify in this field This allows the NSA to shut down properly and avoid data loss caused by a power failur
70. songs and videos from Apple s iTunes Store you can copy them to the NSA Many of these songs and videos have DRM Digital Rights Management At the time of writing you can use your Apple account ID and password to authorize up to a total of five computers to play the files To authorize a computer open iTunes and click Store gt Authorize Computer NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 135 Chapter 7 Applications A link for the NSA in iTunes under SHARED Click it to display the NSA s published media files as shown next Figure 30 NSA link in iTunes File Edit View Controls Store Advanced Help LIBRARY Ji Music Annie s Song 3 49 ga a Movies I Can Wait Forever 5 11 Air Supply The Defini Every Woman In the World 3 30 Air Supply E TY Shows Can t Take My Eyes Off You 3 23 Al Green 10 Things Podcasts The Name Of The Game 4 56 Amanda Seyfried amp 5 Mamma Mi LU Radio Honey Honey 3 07 Amanda Seyfried As Mamma Mi Money Money Money 3 07 Amanda Seyfried As Mamma Mi RARE Gimme Gimme Gimme 4 Man Af 3 53 Amanda Seyfried As Mamma Mi DATE Music to watch girls go by 2 36 Andy Wiliams The Best c Walk on by 2 48 Aretha Franklin Bandits Of nsa220plus I Write The Songs 3 55 Barry Manilow Ain t No Sunshine 2 03 Bill Withers Smooth Je VPLAYLISTS Chances Are 3 22 Bob Marley Party Shuffle We re all alone 4 04 Boz Scaggs Some Cha 7 3 2 Configuring the Media Server Scr
71. stays orange until the NSA restarts Even if the hard drive still functions it is recommended that you replace it since errors are a sign that the hard drive may fail soon See Installing or replacing a hard drive An HDD LED is red Red means the hard drive has failed and the NSA can no longer detect it Replace the hard drive See Installing or replacing a hard drive If you are using a RAID I volume you may still be able to use the volume but you should replace the faulty drive as soon as possible Installing or replacing a hard drive Do not remove or install hard drives while the NSA is turned on The NSA must be turned off before you remove or install hard drive s 1 Turn the NSA off remove the rear panel and the drive tray and make sure e there is a SATA I or SATA 3 0 Gbit s compatible hard drive installed e the hard drive is installed correctly in the drive tray Push the tray back into NSA drive bay until the screw hole at the top of the drive tray is flush with the drive bay see the NSA Quick Start Guide and Section 5 2 1 on page 112 e the hard drive could be faulty Try a different hard drive or test the original hard drive in a different NSA or computer 2 If you had to replace the drive turn on the NSA and go to the Storage screen 232 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting e If you have a RAID I volume click the Repair icon next to the new drive e If you are using RAI
72. such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License 5 Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions 6 Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origi
73. the Applications gt Broadcatching screen Delete Select a channel and click Delete Channel to remove the channel from Channel the NSA Any of the channel s items that you have already downloaded stay in the channel s folder in the admin share s download folder Refresh Select a channel and click Refresh Channel to check for new files Channel Edit Channel Select a channel and click Edit Channel to open a screen where you can set the channel s download and delete policies NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications Table 34 Applications gt Broadcatching LABEL DESCRIPTION The table lists channels and their files Click a column s heading to sort the entries by that criteria Channel Name This identifies the channel A channel displays in red if there was an error the last time the NSA attempted to connect to it When this happens you can select the channel and click Refresh Channel to have the NSA reattempt to connect to it Select a channel to see its available files A indicates an abbreviated name Hold your cursor over the name to display the full name Item Name These are the downloadable files The icon shows the file s status in the NSA A indicates an abbreviated name Hold your cursor over the name to display the full name Completed The NSA has downloaded the whole file Double click the item to go to the Download Service screen where you can see the
74. the following e Resynchronizing a RAID e Upgrading firmware e Replacing the configuration file If the NSA is turned off at the time when a restart or power off is scheduled the NSA does not perform the restart or power off If the NSA is turned on at the time when a power on is scheduled the NSA does not perform the power on Please select the day of the month Use this part of the screen to configure power on power off and reboot times Add Click this to add the power control schedule to the list Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens 11 3 The Log Screen Click Maintenance gt Log to open the following screen Use this screen to display all NSA logs There are at most 128 entries in the log Older logs are removed by the system You cannot download the log file via FTP or CIFS Figure 80 Maintenance gt Log BH Maintenance Log Log Display View All Logs FA 2007 08 29 17 08 18 user info al User admin has logged in from Web 2 2007 08 29 17 06 51 user info User admin has logged in from Web 3 2007 08 29 17 02 09 system info NTP fails to update from time stdtime gov tw 4 2007 08 29 17 02 09 built in service notice The NTP service is enabled 5 2007 08 29 17 02 09 built in service info Clock timezone is set to GMT 0800 6 2007 08 29 17 02 09
75. the name of a group and then click Search to look up the group you specified Click Clear to close the search function op py Add Search Edit Group Delete Group Selected Group s Keyword s Search LES Edit Group Select a group and click this to open a screen where you can edit the properties of the selected group Delete Selected Group s Select a group and click this to open a screen where you can delete the group Ree Group Children The following user s will no longer be members of Group Children Jimmy Do you wish to proceed res as Display Number Click the drop down menu to set how many groups you want to display in one screen Go to Page Click the drop down menu to select a page number Jump to a different page to display and access more groups Status This field displays the group icon Group Name This field displays the group names created on the NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 9 Groups 9 2 1 Adding or Editing a Group Use this screen to create or edit a NSA group Click the Add Group button in the Groups screen to open the following screen Click the Edit Group button in the screen shown previously to edit an existing group Figure 71 Sharing gt Users gt Add or Edit a Group Add a New Local Group Group Membership Group Name be Available User s Group Membership
76. this document is granted This Product includes open SSL under the Open SSL License Open SSL License LICENSE ISSUES The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license i e both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit See below for the actual license texts Actually both licenses are BSD style Open Source licenses In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact openssl core openssl org OpenSSL License Copyright c 1998 2004 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please cont
77. to shares folders or files with names encoded in the UTF 8 8 bit UCS Unicode Transformation Format format So your FTP client must support UTF 8 in order to access shares folders or files on the NSA with Unicode names Spaces _ underscores periods dashes Other limitations include All leading and trailing spaces are removed automatically Multiple spaces within names are converted to a single space Share names must be unique they cannot be the same as other share names The NSA creates automatic volume names for external USB disk volumes These are a type of share so the share name you configure cannot conflict with the external USB disk volume names ExtVol1 or ExtVol2 are examples of external USB disk volume names Folder names must be unique they cannot be the same as other folder names The minimum character length of a name is one character that is a name cannot be blank The maximum character length of share name is 255 characters NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics e Unicode is supported for share names although your FTP client must support UTF 8 Full support should be available in all Windows versions after Windows 2000 2 5 6 Share Paths A share path is the full path to a folder on a volume that will be shared for example mynsa topsecret ugs This is independent from a share name which is the name shown for this share when acce
78. type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computers IP Address Windows 2000 NT XP The following example figures use the default Windows XP GUI theme 1 Click start Start in Windows 2000 NT Settings Control Panel Figure 95 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer ___ My Documents BD Outlook Express Y Paint Files and Settings Transfer W D i B Command Prompt 7 My Music Acrobat Reader 4 0 Ws My Computer Tour Windows xP My Recent Documents My Pictures Windows Movie Maker E Control Panel ie gt Printers and Faxes Help and Support Search All Programs gt TJ Run D Log Off Lo Turn OFF Computer untitled Paint 2 Inthe Control Panel double click Network Connections Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT Figure 96 Windows XP Control Panel Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q 4 M F Search Kes Folders Ez Address Cr Control Panel Vg Control Panel Cr Switch to Category view See Also D Windows Update Controllers NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties Figure 97 Windows XP Contr
79. unscrupulous reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor Apes If Contributor s Modifications include an application programming interface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the legal file c Representations Contributor represents that except as disclosed pursuant to Section 3 4 a above Contributor believes that Contributor s Modifications are Contributor s original creation s and or Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by this License NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a relevant directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one
80. use a different Flickr account for the auto upload feature Folder Selection Folder Watch List This table displays a list of shares and folders selected for auto upload Files stored in these locations are uploaded to your Flickr account Status This indicates whether the share is available represents a valid folder The share is available for auto upload represents a missing folder The share may be deleted from the NSA or the hard disk was removed from the NSA Share Name This is the share selected for auto upload Path This is the path of a folder selected for auto upload The NSA only uploads files stored in the specified share or folder to your Flickr account Action Use the Remove icon to remove a share from the Folder Watch List Shares Select a share for auto upload from the drop down list Path Select a folder on the NSA You can use Browse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators Browse Click this to choose a folder from the selected share Select a folder and then click Apply If you click Apply without selecting a folder a forward slash displays in the Path field All contents within the specified share are selected for auto upload Browse Current location Folder Name LL _ 7 Lo Jimmy s Birthday Eu is Add Click this to add the specified share or folder to the Folder Watch List Grace Period Setting NSA
81. 0 0 KB s 0 No Limit 0 KB s 0 No Limit Fa Enter 1 for unlimited ratio Enter 0 to ignore ratio 60 minutes Enter 1 for unlimited seeding time Enter 0 to ignore seeding time 2008 Dec 19 08 38 48 download ipfilter dat wote Please upload your list txt dat gz tgz or tar gz here It will be saved as admin NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences gt BitTorrent LABEL DESCRIPTION Port Number Assign a port number for BitTorrent downloads You can select a number from 2 to 65536 It is recommended to use a port number greater than 1025 Max download rate You may need to limit the bandwidth the NSA uses for BitTorrent downloads if your network s other Internet applications are not getting enough downstream bandwidth 0 has the NSA impose no restriction Max upload rate You may need to limit the bandwidth the NSA uses to share files through BitTorrent if your network s other Internet applications are not getting enough upstream bandwidth 0 has the NSA impose no restriction If you do not allow any uploads for example you set a limit of 1 KB s you will not have a good standing in the BitTorrent community Note The settings for maximum download upload rates would not affect peers accessing the NSA from the
82. 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 31 7 Appendix E Open Source Licences You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall
83. 0 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials Click Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences gt BitTorrent to open the following screen Enter the above information and then click Apply Preferences RER iront Note For Distributed Hash Table DHT support the BitTorrent service will also attempt to open the following UDP port 9089 Port Number 3090 Max download rate fo KB s 0 No Limit Max upload rate 20 KB s O No Limit Maximum Number of Active Ba Torrents 3 Maximum Number of Seeding Jobs f1 Keep Sharing While Ed Upload Download Ratio is 100 Enter 1 for unlimited ratio Enter 0 to ignore ratio F Or Seeding Time is minutes Enter 1 for unlimited seeding time Enter 0 to ignore seeding time DA Enable IP Filter Last Update Time N A Update IP Filter Table File from the Internet Every Week URL http www bluetack co uk config levell gz Upload IP Filter Table Note Please upload your list txt dat gz tgz or tar gz here It will be saved as admin download ipfilter dat 3 3 5 Using Download Service Notification Use an RSS feed reader on your computer to keep track of files the NSA has downloaded The following examples show how to subscribe to the NSA s download service notifications See Section 7 4 5 on page 144 for more on download service notifications Some RSS readers may not support the NSA s download
84. 00 X11 e Make sure your ISP allows you to run a server and is not blocking the port number of the NSA s web publishing feature 13 10 Auto Upload The NSA does not automatically upload files to Flickr or YouTube 1 Make sure the NSA is connected to the Internet See Section 6 2 2 on page 127 for details about testing network connections 2 Click Maintenance gt Log to check the NSA s log for a message about the file NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 2a Ifthe log message displays no such file or directory the file may have been removed from the NSA Make sure the file still exists in the watch folder 2b Ifthe log message displays filename is queued the file may still be waiting for auto upload Check the grace period setting in the service s Configuration screen You can set a smaller grace period to shorten the queue time 2c If you cannot find any log messages about the file e Make sure the Folder Watch List includes the folder containing the file You can upload the file to the watch folder again e Make sure the file s format is supported by Flickr or YouTube You can find the supported file extensions in the Folder Watch List 2d If the log message displays not authorized yet check if you can enter the NSA s Configuration screen for the service If you changed the password of your Flickr or YouTube account you cannot access the service s Configura
85. 05 MONG en aussi 111 PONS den tte Re Re natation 125 PLY pa acc IN LE LE cee eee ee PP ees PP ee Deere ena prea ner Serer ere ere er er tre Apert Terre rece e ae Per ener eee err T 131 Gt ne 183 USOG siirre N ositaess seuaeeenraeuayeeuiraquueranneqeaveeniaauapeneqaane rien 185 Ee LE AEI EE TITE ba Su E A TENE tou nutriments tee 191 SPANOS varsiin sinini ninia aar i EE EEEE Taia 195 Maintenance and Protecting Data isisissssssrisnemenanmennannmenaineneninrmmmemmentes 205 Maintenance SCPGONS scssctccccccasrtececceurrsecsusrscees soerraciecsesaatnayessstentavsesninnnssestecmeinussteemeazeuri ers 207 Protono YOUN DMS n RE sthansongudeaiegeresenaned 227 Troubleshooting and Specifications csceccceeseseeeseeeeeeeeessseeeeeeneeeeseeeeeeesseceeaeaeeeseneesens 229 TOURE SOON centennial a bio ti na Ratna 231 Produit opece DORE tdi aude once 245 Appendices and INIER incisie eaii a 253 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 9 Contents Overview NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Users encens 3 Document Convo nioi canann A 5 Safety MOINS acisna ak aAa ai E Ea a R Raaka 7 Core OVOrViOW socia 9 Tabbo CONO eunen eine tee 11 Part l Introduction i eh ee ER 19 Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your NS sssssssssssseimesenenonmeneneneunestenmnnneptisentesnanennetantetentstinssins 21 TAI NSA OMS a nn eh iss cea nt den E AN EOE A AELE a 21 CR tele a eae de A AT 23 1 12 COPY SYNG BuO cece cpsecectteshaerte
86. 13 4 l Cannot Access The NGA sicuercenschesessaiverseessaunecactsquncttetl iatea eiia EE ain iani AREN Aana 238 Ta BREA USB DIVE oe cn sass ica desea verdant de varwastansateten cca minima AAEE Eai VEAL 238 13 6 Some Features Screens Do Not Display secsccccscpeicssarnindaiacerteninccersaneceaqneeniedenenceanneele 239 127 Medid Server FiOS nd dispar vapedannaineee ai tan ln ans 239 13 8 Download Service and Broadcatching FUNCTIONS ceeceeeeeeeteteee eee teteeeeeetaaeeeeeeees 242 139 Web PUBS 2222328 sonersu set iceeeian jenna seciddenwesindenavaieiqeecrecae in nd at emeat eee annee cesse t 242 TTO Avo UPOR a EEE 243 Chapter 14 Product SRECIMEAMONS sssscis a E eine a 245 TTR tel le orena a 245 LEZ Fiona FSU ananas rss ina A AA NARA 246 PT SOC SENDA TADES suasa oeaan EEE EAE EO AAN aaa EE CEEA a 247 14 4 Supported Media Server Content Formats 2 ccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeseeeeeteeseeees 250 14 5 Supported iTunes Server Content Formats ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeecneeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 251 18 Power CONSUMENOAIT sccceidaicacniwennieeciWcaandunmeenaakiaunnaens 251 Part VI Appendices and Index ss 253 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 255 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 271 Appendix Common Servies idestissiinisadnisedeinensinanabiemabnlaniaareidenildeiabiedalaiaaudameiamndieneeian 281 Appendix D Im
87. 172 20 37 202 Click Forever when prompted to accept the certificate Figure 164 Konqueror 3 5 Server Authentication 3 Server Authentication Konqueror Would you like to accept this certificate forever without being prompted Eorever NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 4 Click the padlock in the address bar to open the KDE SSL Information window and view the web page s security details Figure 165 Konqueror 3 5 KDE SSL Information 2 KODE SSL Information Konqueror Current connection is secured with SSL Chain Peer certificate Issuer Organization ZyXEL Organization ZyXEL Organizational unit XYZ200 Organizational unit XYZ200 Country US Country US Common name 172 23 37 202 Common name 172 23 37 202 IP address 172 23 37 202 URL https 172 23 37 202 loginwrap html Certificate state Certificate is self signed and thus may not be trustworthy Valid from Wednesday 21 May 2008 06 42 35 am GMT Valid until Saturday 21 May 2011 06 42 35 am GMT Serial number 11139321193569894228 MDS digest 3F 9A 76 6E A9 F5 07 41 BE 4C 8B 8B A2 D3 F0 2F Cipher in use DHE RSA AES256 SHA Details DHE RSA AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 SSL version TLSv1 SSLv3 Cipher strength 256 bits used of a 256 bit cipher Cryptography Configuration NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Installing a
88. 199 200 adding 196 198 browser 32 configuration 36 37 copying contents 34 35 204 creation 33 deletion 34 editing 223 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Index editing 198 icons 32 moving contents 34 35 204 names 38 paths 39 recycle bins 196 201 activation 198 configuration 201 share browser 196 202 status 197 types 197 uploading files 33 202 shutdown 225 SSL 98 221 certificate 222 editing 223 tutorial 86 status 41 46 download service 140 shares 197 volume 113 116 storage 111 creating volumes 115 disk replacement 112 JBOD 111 116 120 121 122 methods 121 duplexing 122 mirroring 122 parity 122 striping 122 naming volumes 117 RAID 111 116 120 degraded 117 RAID 0 121 123 RAID 1 121 123 124 recovering 112 resynchronization 112 status 113 116 USB devices 118 119 volumes 111 120 striping 122 synchronization 164 165 configuration 167 directions 168 single direction 165 two directions 166 system date time 107 login 29 master browser 106 password 29 30 40 reset 25 server name 106 settings 105 status 46 time lag 105 workgroup name 106 T TCP IP 126 127 temperature CPU 47 thumbprint 96 time 107 lag 105 server 108 zone 108 TLS 98 132 torrent files 138 142 health 149 info hash 150 trackers 150 Transport Layer Security see TLS troubleshooting external disks 238 forgot password 233 234 LED indicators 231 LAN 233 login 237 media files 239 N
89. 2 DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names for example www zyxel com to IP numbers NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix C Common Services Table 77 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation IPSEC_TUNNEL Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including TCP 21 large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic or routing purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP User Defined 2 Internet Group Management Protocol MULTICAST is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protoc
90. 220 Plus User s Guide 173 Chapter 7 Applications 174 Table 40 Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube gt Config Flickr continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Grace Period N Specify how long the NSA should wait when you add a new file for minutes auto upload For example if you set the grace period to 5 minutes the NSA uploads a new file after it has been in a watched folder for 5 minutes You can choose from a range of 1 to 10080 minutes up to one week Default Privacy Setting Who can see your media files on Flickr Determine who has the right to see files uploaded to your Flickr account Select Only You if you do not want anyone else to see your files You may also restrict the access to Your friends and or Your family You can set up a friend family list in your Flickr account Select Anyone to allow everyone to see your files Hide from public site area Check this option to prevent others from finding your files when they perform a search in the Flickr website Default Safety Level Assign a safety level to your files Select Safe if the contents of your files are suitable for the general public Select Moderate if the contents of your files may be offensive to some people Select Restricted if the contents of your files are not suitable for certain people such as children or your colleagues Default Content Type Select a content type for your files You can cho
91. 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Configure the screen as follows and write down the username and password to give to Jimmy If the username and password are the same as Jimmy s Windows login Jimmy will not need to enter a username and password when he logs into his share from his computer Set the Account Type to User so Jimmy doesn t get to configure the whole NSA Click Apply to create the account Add User Username Jimmy New Password p Password Confirm Account Type C A administrator A User Available Group s Group Membership Group Membership Ei g 4 The account now displays in the Users screen Page 1 Of 1 8 Bob 8 Jimmy amp admin Page 1 Of1 Now that Bob has created Jimmy s account he can go through the steps again to create another account for Kevin After both accounts are created he can go to Section 3 2 2 on page 52 to create shares for Jimmy and Kevin NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 51 Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 2 2 Creating a Share Suppose Bob has already created separate accounts for his sons Jimmy and Kevin Now Bob wants to create a share for each son He also wants to make sure that each son can only access his own share to keep them from deleting each other s files This is how he would do it 1 Inthe NSA s administration web configurator screens click Shares gt Add Share Click Add Share to create a new share Shares E Z Ad
92. 220 Plus User s Guide 147 Chapter 7 Applications Table 31 Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences gt BitTorrent LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable IP Filter Use the check box to enable or disable IP filtering for BitTorrent downloads IP filtering blocks IP addresses known to share fake files You can either get an IP filter table from a website or use your own table Update IP Filter Table File from the Internet Every Week Select this option and enter a URL to use an online IP filter table You can find an online IP filter table in websites such as http www bluetack co uk config level1 gz Update Now Select the check box and click Apply to update the IP filter table from the specified URL When you change the URL of the online IP filter table the NSA also performs an update after you click Apply Upload IP Filter Table Select this option to upload your own IP filter table Use the Browse button to locate the file and click Upload to save it on the NSA The NSA supports txt dat gz tgz and tar gz file extentions The NSA saves the IP filter table as admin download ipfilter dat Download Current IP Click this to save a copy of the IP filter table on your computer Filter Table Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving NSA
93. 40 settings 146 torrent files 138 142 health 149 info hash 150 trackers 150 broadcatching 133 158 adding channels 158 160 channel guides 161 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Index RSS 133 browser plugin capturing link 143 browsing shares 32 C capturing download links 143 certificate 222 editing 223 tutorial 86 verifying 96 changing password 29 30 channel guides 161 CIFS 105 configuration COPY SYNC button 167 download service 139 Flickr 173 FTP Uploadr 181 print server 163 recycle bins 201 shares 36 37 YouTube 175 176 COPY SYNC button 25 164 configuration 167 example 164 synchronization 165 copying contents 34 35 204 CPU temperature 47 usage 47 creating groups 192 193 shares 33 196 198 users 186 188 volumes 115 118 D data protection 124 database rebuilding 137 date 107 deleting shares 34 diagnostic tools 128 disk replacement 112 displaying user information 190 DLNA 132 135 DNS 125 128 Domain Name System see DNS download period control 145 download service 132 138 activation 139 adding a task 142 BitTorrent 132 IP filtering 148 protection 150 151 re seeding 140 settings 146 torrent files 138 142 configuration 139 download period control 145 link capture browser plugin 143 notifications 144 activation 139 preferences 145 status 140 URL download service 142 duplexing 122 E explicit TLS SSL 98 external volumes 118 F fan speed 47 File Transfer Protocol
94. 5 software under the MIT License The MIT License Copyright c lt year gt lt copyright holders gt Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE NOTE Some components of the NSA incorporate source code covered under the Apache License GPL License LGPL License BSD License Open SSL License OpenLDAP License PHP License and MIT License To obtain the source code covered under those Licenses please contact ZyXEL Communications Corporation at ZyXEL Technical Support En
95. A 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 33 Applications gt Web Publishing LABEL DESCRIPTION Disable Enable Web Turn on web publishing to let people access files in the published Publishing shares using a web browser without having to log into the My NSA screens Port Number Specify a port number for accessing the published share websites hosted on the NSA If you enter a number other than 80 make sure you include it when telling others how to access the web published share For example say you specified port 8080 the NSA s IP address is 192 168 1 23 and the name of the web published share is FamilyPhotos You would have to enter http 192 168 1 23 8080 MyWeb FamilyPhotos in your browser s address bar to access the share s web page Unpublished Shares This list box displays the shares that the NSA does not publish for web browser access Publish Selected Share s Select shares in the Unpublished Shares box and click this to let people access files in the published shares using a web browser without logging into the My NSA screens Use the SHIFT key to select a range of entries Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual entries Published Shares This list box displays the shares people can access using a web browser without logging into the My NSA screens Unpublish Selected Select
96. Applications gt Media Server Make sure the share containing the music and video files is published and the iTunes server option is enabled 3 If an iTunes client is connected the NSA s iTunes server function scans the published media server folders for files every three minutes Leave iTunes connected to the NSA for three minutes Then use the NSA Ss eject button as shown next to disconnect Figure 90 iTunes Eject Button File Edit View Controls Store Advanced Help iTunes LIBRARY m Music Annie s Song 3 49 vga aly SAE Movie I Can Wait Forever S 11 Air Supply The Defini Every Woman In the World 3 30 Air Supply Oo TY Shows Can t Take My Eyes Off You 3 23 Al Green 10 Things Podcasts The Name Of The Game 4 56 Amanda Seyfried amp 5 Mamma Mi 2 Radio Honey Honey 3 07 Amanda Seyfried As Mamma Mi Money Money 3 07 Amanda Seyfried As Mamma Mi STORE Gimme e Gimme 4 Man AF 3 53 Amanda Seyfried As Mamma Mi B iTunes Store to watch girls go by 2 36 Andy Williams The Best c SHARED Walk on by 2 48 Aretha Franklin Bandits Of nsa220plus j I Write The Songs 3 55 Barry Manilow A Ain t No Sunshine 2 03 Bill Withers Smooth Je v PLAYLISTS Chances re 3 22 Bob Marley 3 Party Shuffle We re all alone 4 04 Boz Scaggs Some Cha NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 4 Then click the NSA s link to reconnect Figure 91 iTunes Reconnected
97. B Tx Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y PAP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NI Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter In the Network window click Add Select Adapter and then click Add Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP In the Network window click Add Select Protocol and then click Add NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computers IP Address 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect Configuring 1 Inthe Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab e If your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically e If you have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 93 Windows 95 98 M
98. Chapter 7 Applications The following page displays asking for your authorization Click OK I LL ALLOW IT to establish a link between the NSA and your Flickr account Figure 59 Flickr Authorization f ick r pinkpeachy Home You Organize Contacts Groups Explore a a Hi pinkpeachy C ZyXEL NSA wants to link to your Flickr account You should not authorize ZyXEL NSA unless you trust them with access to your account By authorizing this link you ll allow the ZyXEL NSA service to provide What s going on here Flickr encourages other developers e Access to your photostream including private stuff to build cool tools for you to play e Editing of your photo or video information via ZyXEL NSA with but you must authorize these e Uploads to your Flickr account via ZyXEL NSA third parties to access your account Want to know more OK I LL ALLOW IT A wealth of information lies within the Flickr Services page A confirmation page displays indicating successful authorization Return to the NSA web configurator Click Get Ready in the following screen to complete the authorization process Figure 60 Confirming Flickr Authorization Q Note When you ve given the NSA permission to connect to your account on the Flickr website click the Get Ready button NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 1 71 Chapter 7 Applications 172 Once the NSA is associated with your Flickr account you can configur
99. Clicking an actual RSS feed link opens a screen of XML code in browsers without an RSS feed aggregator or a window where you can add the RSS feed in browsers with an RSS feed aggregator NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Right click the download link and select Copy Link Location in Internet Explorer or Copy Shortcut in Internet Explorer CNET Live powered by Feedburner Windows Internet Explorer SALZ b http Feeds feedburner com cnet cnetlive tag podc_bg 3bpodc_Itside File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w he b CNET Live powered by FeedBurner m 4x 2 A e A podcast is rich media such as audio or video distributed via RSS Feeds like this one provide updates whenever there is new content FeedBurner makes it easy to receive content updates in popular podcatchers Learn more about syndication and FeedBurner Current Feed Content December 11 2008 Posted Thu 11 Dec 2008 02 32 14 PST Play Now Subscribe Now With web based podcatchers Click your choice below El G rewsootor E netvibes m Goge E3 Podnova With iTunes Add to iTunes with something else copy this address http cnetlivepodcast cnettv com z Get more info on other podcatchers DIE doppler CRT MONTRES 7 BOOO View Feed mn Embedt OpeninNew Tab Open in New Window Fa Embedw Save Target As Print Target Ad
100. D 0 you will need to recreate the whole volume All of your data is lost e If you are using a single disk JBOD volume you need to create a new volume on the new drive e If you are using a two disk JBOD volume you need to create a whole new volume on both drives The LAN LED by the LAN port is off e Make sure the Ethernet cable is connected properly to the NSA and connected to another Ethernet device Make sure the other device is turned on If it s connected directly to a computer make sure that the computer network card is working ping 127 0 0 1 on the computer e Use another Ethernet cable If you re connecting to a Gigabit Ethernet make sure you re using an 8 wire Ethernet cable e If the problem continues contact the vendor See Section 1 1 1 on page 23 for a description of NSA LEDs 13 3 NSA Login and Access forgot the server name of the NSA e The default server name is nsa220plus e Use the NDU NSA Discovery Utility to discover your NSA If you have admin privileges you can directly change the IP address of the NSA using the NDU e If the server name has changed and you don t have the NDU see Section 13 3 1 on page 234 to use the RESET button to return the default setting cannot get to the NSA login screen e Use the NDU NSA Discovery Utility to discover your NSA If you have admin privileges you can directly change the IP address of the NSA using the NDU e If you
101. D AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This Product includes php software under the PHP License The PHP License version 3 0 Copyright c 1999 2006 The PHP Group All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification is permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name PHP must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact group php net NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences 4 Products derived from this software may not be called PHP nor may PHP appear in their name without prior written permission from group php net You may indicate that your software works in conjunction with PHP by saying Foo for PHP instead of calling it PHP Foo or phpfoo 5 The PHP Group may publish revised and or new vers
102. DU Network Discovery Utility tool to discover it 3 The NSA restarts its network services and returns you to the login screen NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 87 Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 8 2 Downloading and Installing Customized Certificate 1 Log in and return to Maintenance gt SSL Under Modify the Existing Certificate click Download Force HTTPS TLS SSL Connections A Caution Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services Force HTTPs Install System Default CA This action will install the system default CA in the trusted CA list of your browser Step1 Download the default CA file Download Step2 Double click on the CA file to install it into your browser Modify the Existing Certificate A Caution Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services Edit a self signed CA certificate Step1 Edit the Self signed Certificate d the self signed Ca file Download ick on the CA file to install it into your browser O Create a Certificate To Be Authorized By My Own Certificate Authority 2 Save the file to your computer Opening CA cer You have chosen to open E Ca cer which is a CER file from http 172 23 37 52 What should Firefox do with this file O open van Save File C Do this automatically For files like this from now on NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Find the c
103. DU discovery 235 overview 231 user share access 238 web configurator access 234 U upgrading firmware 224 uploading files 33 202 UPS 209 URL 142 USB devices 118 119 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Index usernames 189 users 185 adding an account 186 188 displaying information 187 190 editing an account 188 group membership 188 193 icons 187 search 186 usernames 189 web security 92 workgroup name 106 Y YouTube 169 access rights 178 activation 169 authorization 175 configuration 175 176 V grace period 178 video category 178 video category YouTube 178 volumes 111 120 creation 115 118 JBOD 111 116 121 122 names 117 RAID 111 116 120 degraded 117 RAID 0 121 123 RAID 1 121 123 124 recovering 112 resynchronization 112 status 113 116 storage methods 121 duplexing 122 mirroring 122 parity 122 striping 122 W web configurator 27 icons 30 language selection 30 login 29 My NSA 30 31 navigation panel 42 password 29 30 40 status 41 web publishing 132 152 155 activation 153 example 153 port number 156 troubleshooting 242 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide
104. E Network Config setting is changed Network NOTICE Interface s was disabled Network NOTICE Interface s was enabled Network NOTICE Port Group on s is changed Renew DHCP client Network NOTICE Account pppoe was changed PPPoE Network NOTICE Add account pppoe PPPoE Network NOTICE ADD interface pppO PPPoE Network NOTICE Interface pppO will reapply because Device Ha become PPPoE active status Network NOTICE Interface pppO will reapply because Device Ha is not PPPoE running Network NOTICE Network port is disabled PPPoE Network NOTICE Network port is enabled PPPoE Services INFO admin has changed the password Services INFO HTTP management port has changed to s Services INFO Clock timezone is set to GMT s Services INFO Clock timezone is set to default Services INFO Clock daylight saving is enabled Services INFO Clock daylight saving is disabled Services INFO Clock has disable daylight saving Services INFO MyClock has enable daylight saving Services INFO MyClock has set timezone to s Services INFO MyClock has set timezone to default Services INFO The date and time are updated from NTP server Services INFO The date and time are updated manually Services INFO The time is updated manually Services NOTICE FTP server stops Services NOTICE FTP server starts Services NOTICE MyClock has changed daylight saving interval Services NOTICE MyClock has disabled daylight saving interval Services NOTICE NTP
105. ES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS All other trademarks or trade names mentioned herein if any are the property of their respective owners This Product includes OpenLDAP software under the OpenLDAP Public License The OpenLDAP Public License Version 2 8 17 August 2003 Redistribution and use of this software and associated documentation Software with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions in source form must retain copyright statements and notices 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce applicable copyright statements and notices this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution and 3 Redistributions must contain a verbatim copy of this document The OpenLDAP Foundation may revise this license from time to time Each revision is distinguished by a version number You may use this Software under terms of this
106. Editing a Volume Click an internal volume s Edit icon in the Storage screen as shown in Figure 21 on page 113 to open the following screen Use this screen to change the volume s name Figure 24 Storage gt Edit Volume Name volumel NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 11 7 Chapter 5 Storage The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 18 Storage gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Volume Name For an internal volume type a volume name from 1 to 31 characters To avoid confusion it is highly recommended that each volume use a unique name Acceptable characters are all alphanumeric characters and spaces _ underscores and periods The first character must be alphanumeric A Z 0 9 The last character cannot be a space For an external volume type a volume name from 1 to 32 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters The name cannot be the same as another existing external volume Apply Click this to save your changes and rename the volume Cancel Click this to close this screen without saving your changes 5 5 Creating an External Volume Click the Create a New External Volume button in the Storage screen as shown in Figure 21 on page 113 to open the following screen Use this screen to create a new NSA external disk drive volume Note Creating a volume formats the drive All data on the disk will be los
107. External Disks You may connect USB storage devices that support the following file systems to the NSA e Windows File Systems NTFS FAT32 and FAT16 e Linux File Systems ReiserFS EXT2 and EXT3 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage 5 6 Storage Technical Reference This section provides some background information about the topics covered in this chapter 5 6 1 Volumes and RAID A volume is a storage area on a disk or disks You can create volumes on the internal disks and external disks attached to the USB port s You can spread a volume across internal disks but not between internal and external disks RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks or JBOD is the storage method that the NSA uses The storage method you use depends on how many disks you have and how many volumes you want to create It s important that you consider this carefully as all data is deleted when you re create a volume Note Back up your data before deleting or re creating a volume For example if you originally have one disk configured as JBOD and you then install another disk and want to configure the two disks to use RAID 1 you should first back up all your data on the two disks see the Memeo Autobackup utility on the included CD and then restore your data later after you create the new volume type Below is a table that summarizes some attributes of the various RAID levels as supported on the NSA For capacity and stora
108. Getting to Know Your NSA Figure 1 Example of the NSA in a Home Network Above is the NSA in a home network Users back up and share data on the NSA The DMA 1000 plays the NSA s media files on the TV A USB hard drive provides extra storage space and files are copied directly from the USB memory stick to the NSA Place the NSA behind a firewall and or IDP Intrusion Detection and Prevention device to protect it from attacks from the Internet Note See Chapter 14 on page 245 for a more detailed list of NSA features and lists of compatible hard drives and USB devices Refer to the Quick Start Guide for hardware connections and how to install and remove hard drives from the disk trays Note Turn off and disconnect the NSA before you install or remove internal hard drives 22 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your NSA 1 1 1 LEDs The NSA LEDs lights tell you important information Figure 2 NSA Front Panel COPY SYNC Figure 3 NSA Rear Panel cow VUE EL EU 1070229043062 se Hania FANN hin NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 23 Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your NSA This table describes the NSA s LEDs Table 1 LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Blue On The NSA is turned on and receiving power Off The NSA is turned off HDD1 Green On The hard disk drive is connected properly
109. HTML 1 1 Module based XHTML 14 4 Supported Media Server Content Formats The following describes the details about the files that the NSA media server can publish Table 75 Supported Media Server Content Formats CATEGORY FILE TYPE EXTENSION Video MPEG 1 MPEG 2 dat miv m2t m2v m4v mp2 mp2t mp2p mpa mpe mpeg mpeg2 mpg mpg2 vob Windows Media Video asf wmv AVI avi DivX divx avi DVR MS dvr ms Matroska mkv Quick Time Video mov NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 14 Product Specifications Table 75 Supported Media Server Content Formats CATEGORY FILE TYPE EXTENSION Music MP3 mp3 MPEG 4 3g2 3gp aac m4a mp4 Ogg Vorbis ogg WAVE wav Windows Media Audio wma M3U Playlist m3u PLS Playlist pls Matroska mka Text to Speech tts Human Voice Band Ipcm pcm Photo Bitmap bmp JPEG jpeg jpg PNG png Note Not all published file types can be viewed by all client applications 14 5 Supported iTunes Server Content Formats At the time of writing the NSA s supports iTunes 7 4 1 2 publishing AAC MPEG 4 MP3 AIFF WAV and Apple Lossless files 14 6 Power Consumption The NSA was tested using the specified power sources with the external power adapter and with two hard drives installed Note This table is a laboratory test of NSA power consumption for your reference only Table 76 Power
110. Import Wizard Certificate Import Wizard e 1 The import was successful Lx 12 The next time you start Internet Explorer and go to a ZyXEL Web Configurator page a sealed padlock icon appears in the address bar Click it to view the page s Website Identification information Figure 134 Internet Explorer 7 Website Identification v 4 Website Identification 172 20 37 202 has identified this site as 172 20 37 202 This connection to the server is encrypted Should trust this site View certificates NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Installing a Stand Alone Certificate File in Internet Explorer Rather than browsing to a ZyXEL Web Configurator and installing a public key certificate when prompted you can install a stand alone certificate file if one has been issued to you 1 Double click the public key certificate file Figure 135 Internet Explorer 7 Public Key Certificate File 2 Inthe security warning dialog box click Open Figure 136 Internet Explorer 7 Open File Security Warning Open File Security Warning Do you want to open this file Name CA cer gt Publisher Unknown Publisher Type Security Certificate From D Documents and Settings 13435 Desktop V Always ask before opening this file While files from the Intemet can be useful this file type can potentially harm your computer If you do not trust the source do not open th
111. JBOD for flexibility and maximum usage of disk space for data e Choose RAID 0 if performance matters more than data security RAID 0 has the fastest read and write performance but if one disk fails you lose all your data on the volume It has fast performance as it can read and write to two disks simultaneously Performance may matter more than data security to gamers for example This method may also be acceptable for data that is already backed up somewhere else e Choose RAID 1 if data security is more important than performance Since RAID 1 mirrors data onto a second disk you can recover all data even if one disk fails but the performance is slower than RAID 0 5 6 3 Storage Methods This section contains theoretical background on JBOD and the RAID levels used on the NSA Redundant Array of Independent Disks RAID is a method of storing data on multiple disks to provide a combination of greater capacity reliability and or speed JBOD Just a Bunch Of Disks is not a RAID storage method but it is included in this discussion These are some terms that you need to know in order to understand storage systems NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 424 Chapter 5 Storage e Mirroring In a RAID system using mirroring all data in the system is written simultaneously to two hard disks instead of one This provides 100 data redundancy as if one disk fails the other has the duplicated data Mirroring setups always require an even numbe
112. Javascript and ActiveX control setting on Internet Explorer _Login _ Reset You should see a screen asking you to change your password highly recommended as shown next Type a new password and retype it to confirm and click Apply or click Ignore Figure 8 Change Password Screen Update Admin Info to s a security precaution it is highly recommended that you change the admin password New Password Password Confirm a maximum of 14 alphanumeric printable characters no single and double quotes Apply Ignore NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 29 Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 4 User level Screens Overview All users including the administrator first see the user level access My NSA screen after login Figure 9 My NSA Language 2a ZyXEL 2 eo e My NSA Password Administration Download Service L My NSA My Shares public video photo music admin NECWDOTKSLOTaUE AppIIancel Other Shares Currently there are no other shares that are accessible to you on the system Note The web configurator management session automatically times out if it is left idle for 15 minutes Simply log back into the NSA if this happens to you The icons and language label at the top right of the screen 1 are visible from most screens Use the tabs at the top of the screen to navigate between the user level screens and menus The following table describes the g
113. LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCHDAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences This Product includes apcid apcupsd autofs device mapper evms exim Lm_sensors mdadm pam_mount raidtools samba sg_utils smartmontools vsftpd xfsprogs and Linux kernel sof
114. NSA 220 Plus Network Storage Appliance Default Login Details Web Address nsa220plus User Name admin Password 1234 Firmware Version 3 10 Edition 1 2 2009 Color Black White ZyXEL Copyright 2008 www zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Corporation About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the NSA using the web configurator basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology will be helpful Related Documentation e Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access e Web Configurator Online Help Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary information Support Disc Refer to the included CD for support documents e ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E mail techwriters zyxel com tw Customer Support In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using thi
115. NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 64 Maintenance gt SSL LABEL DESCRIPTION Force HTTPs Select the Force HTTPs option to turn on the NSA s web browser security Anyone who connects via HTTPS to the NSA must install the public key certificate associated with it Note The NSA will restart the web configurator after you click Apply The NSA displays a warning screen if applying your change may disconnect some users Click Apply if you want to continue Warning Confirmation The following users are currently connected If you decide to continue they may be disconnected M ShareName L L L LL LL Web admin 172 23 37 104 CIFS music admin 172 23 37 104 Ay Performing this operation will cause some network services to temporarily disconnect Install System Default CA Click Download button to save a copy of the NSA s public key certificate to your local computer This is useful for installing the certificate without having to connect to the NSA or for sending by email to other users for them to install prior to logging into the NSA for the first time After saving the certificate to your computer double click it to install it Note Each web browser handles certificate installation differently See Appendix D on page 285 for more information Modify the Existing Certificate
116. O O Address nsa220plus Map Network Drive D anne hle Synchronize Folder Options Folders P LEE NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Select the network drive that you want to map the NSA to from the Drive list box This example uses I Then browse to and select the share on the NSA Click Finish Map Network Drive Browse For Folder Windows can help you connect to a shared network Folder Select a shared network folder and assign a drive letter to the connection so that you can access the folder using My Computer Specify the drive letter for the connection and the folder Nsa220 that you want to connect to FA Nsa220plus Drive JI v 4 Nsa220plus f admin Folder M Browse 2 4 E3 2 Jimmy Example server share 2 music M Reconnect at logon 2 photo Connect using a different user name amp public video Sign up For online storage or connect to amp 0 network server gt Printers and Faxes a E ai 4 Enter the username and password for Jimmy s account and click OK You do not need to do this if the username and password are the same as Jimmy s Windows login Connect to nsa220plus localdomain Connecting to nsa220plus User name g Password C Remember my password Cancel NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 2 5 Accessing a Share Using FTP 5 After the mapping is d
117. OR THAT THE SOFTWARE IS COMPATIBLE WITH ANY PARTICULAR PLATFORM SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE WAIVER OR EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES SO THEY MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU IF THIS EXCLUSION IS HELD TO BE UNENFORCEABLE BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION THEN ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A PERIOD OF THIRTY 30 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF PURCHASE OF THE SOFTWARE AND NO WARRANTIES SHALL APPLY AFTER THAT PERIOD 7 Limitation of Liability IN NO EVENT WILL ZyXEL BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION INDIRECT SPECIAL PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY OTHER PARTY EVEN IF ZyXEL HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ZyXEL S AGGREGATE LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE PURCHASE PRICE BUT SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED 1 000 BECAUSE SOME STATES COUNTRIES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 8 Export Restrictions THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT IS EXPRESSLY MADE SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAWS REGULATIONS ORDERS OR OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE E
118. P Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff a Click the lock to prevent further changes NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computers IP Address 4 For statically assigned settings do the following e From the Configure box select Manually e Type your IP address in the IP Address box e Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box e Type the IP address of your gateway in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window Linux This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in Red Hat Linux 9 0 Procedure screens and file location may vary depending on your Linux distribution and release version Note Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Using the K Desktop Environment KDE Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address using the KDE 1 Click the Red Hat button located on the bottom left corner select System Setting and click Network Figure 104 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices 4Network Configuration C CUU File Profile Help amp D B x Ne
119. Source Licences has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is i
120. Stand Alone Certificate File in Konqueror 2 Rather than browsing to a ZyXEL Web Configurator and installing a public key certificate when prompted you can install a stand alone certificate file if one has been issued to you Double click the public key certificate file Figure 166 Konqueror 3 5 Public Key Certificate File In the Certificate Import Result Kleopatra dialog box click OK Figure 167 Konqueror 3 5 Certificate Import Result Certificate Import Result Kleop Detailed results of importing CA der ea Total number processed 1 Imported 1 The public key certificate appears in the KDE certificate manager Kleopatra Figure 168 Konqueror 3 5 Kleopatra Kleopatra File View Certificates CRLs Tools Settings Help search _____________________ ntecalcerestes Subject Issuer Serial CN 10R CA 1 PN O Bundesnetzagentur C CN 10R CA 1 PN O B 2A CN 11R CA 1 PN O Bundesnetzagentur C CN 11R CA 1 PN 0 B 2D CN 172 20 37 202 0U XYZ200 0 ZyXEL CN 172 20 37 202 0 CN 6R Ca 1 PN NAMEDISTINGUISHER 1 0 CN 6R Ca 1 PN NAME CN 7R CA 1 PN NAMEDISTINGUISHER 1 0 CN 7R CA 1 PN NAME CN 8R CA 1 PN O Regulierungsbehorde f CN 8R CA 1 PN O Re 01 CN 9R CA 1 PN 0 Regulierungsbehorde f CN 9R CA 1 PN O Re 02 CN CA Cert Signing Authority EMAlL supp CN CA Cert Signing A 00 CN D TRUST Qualified Root CA 1 2006 PN CN D TRUST Qualifie OOB9SF CN D TRUST
121. TION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the p
122. The Shutdown Screen Click Maintenance gt Shutdown to open the following screen Use this screen to turn off the NSA or perform a software restart A software restart is faster than turning the NSA off and then turning it on again Before shutting down or restarting check the System Status gt Active Sessions screen to make sure that no one is logged into the NSA or transferring files to or from the NSA Figure 85 Maintenance gt Shutdown tr Maintenance Shutdown System Shutdown Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Maintenance gt Shutdown LABEL DESCRIPTION Restart Click this to have the device perform a software restart Shutdown Click this to shut down the system and restart it again later When you click the Restart button a pop up screen will appear asking you to confirm Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit the restart Figure 86 Maintenance gt Shutdown gt Confirm Restart Restart system now When you click the Shutdown button a pop up screen will appear asking you to confirm Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit the shutdown Figure 87 Maintenance gt Shutdown gt Confirm Shutdown Shutdown system now
123. WILL BE REFUNDED x If you accept the terms of the agreement click I Agree to continue You must accept the agreement to install NSA Link Capture IE Plugin I Agree Cancel NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Select a location to save the plugin and click Install Close the screen once the installation is complete sa Link Capture IE Plugin Setup Choose Install Location Choose the Folder in which to install NSA Link Capture IE Plugin Setup will install NSA Link Capture IE Plugin in the following folder To install in a different Folder click Browse and select another folder Click Install to start the installation Destination Folder C Program Files Browse Space required 25 0KB Space available 30 4GB Nullsoft Install System v2 35 lt Back Cra Cancel 4 Open Internet Explorer and locate a download link In this example www zyxel com has a Download Now link for downloading a user s guide for ZyXEL s NBG410W3G a 3G wireless router Right click on the download link and select NSA Setting USER S GUIDE Download Library Open Model Version Language Os Release Date Size Description NBG410W3 a 4 03_ed1 Copy English Copy Shortcut Paste NIA gt Add to Favorites 06 06 2008 10 MB Properties Download NOTE Open in New Window Save Target As Print Target NSA 220 Plus User
124. XPORT OF THE SOFTWARE OR INFORMATION ABOUT SUCH SOFTWARE WHICH MAY BE 352 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences IMPOSED FROM TIME TO TIME YOU SHALL NOT EXPORT THE SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION OR INFORMATION ABOUT THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION WITHOUT COMPLYING WITH SUCH LAWS REGULATIONS ORDERS OR OTHER RESTRICTIONS YOU AGREE TO INDEMNIFY ZyXEL AGAINST ALL CLAIMS LOSSES DAMAGES LIABILITIES COSTS AND EXPENSES INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS FEES TO THE EXTENT SUCH CLAIMS ARISE OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS SECTION 8 9 Audit Rights ZyXEL SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT AT ITS OWN EXPENSE UPON REASONABLE PRIOR NOTICE TO PERIODICALLY INSPECT AND AUDIT YOUR RECORDS TO ENSURE YOUR COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT 10 Termination This License Agreement is effective until it is terminated You may terminate this License Agreement at any time by destroying or returning to ZyXEL all copies of the Software and Documentation in your possession or under your control ZyXEL may terminate this License Agreement for any reason including but not limited to if ZyXEL finds that you have violated any of the terms of this License Agreement Upon notification of termination you agree to destroy or return to ZyXEL all copies of the Software and Documentation and to certify in writing that all known copies including backup copies have been destroyed All provisions relating to confidentiality p
125. You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Contributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an unmodified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and under Patent Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Modifications made by that Contributor either alone and or in combination with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination to make use sell offer for sale have made and or otherwise dispose of 1 Modifications made by that Contributor or portions thereof and 2 the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination the licenses granted in Sections 2 2 a and 2 2 b are effective on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of the Covered Code Notwithstanding Section 2 2 b above no patent license is granted 1 for any code that Contributor has deleted from the Contributor Version 2 separate from the Contributor Version 3 for infringements caused by i third party modifications of Contributor Version or ii the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with other software except as part of the Contributor Version or other devices or 4 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Code i
126. Your Computers IP Address e If you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically e If you have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields e Click Advanced Figure 99 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 6 If you do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic
127. a warning screen click the option that lets you continue Yes in this example Printers xi G Before you can use the printer 192 168 1 2 Canon_PRT_1 it must be set up on your computer Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation 7 If your computer does not already have the printer s driver installed you will need to install it In this example click OK Connect to Printer Exi A The server on which the printer resides does not have the correct printer driver installed If you want to install the driver on your local computer click OK 8 Use the wizard screens to install the printer driver on the computer You may need to get the file from the printer s CD or the printer manufacturer s website the driver is not installed on the NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 79 Chapter 3 Tutorials Note You must install the printer driver on each computer that will use the printer Add Printer Wizard xi ah Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with s an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFA AccuSet v52 3 AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet 8005F 52 3 AGFA AccuSet 8005F 2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 1000 AT amp T ha AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v52 3 xl Have Disk After the driver installation finishes th
128. act openssl core openssl org NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Original SSLeay License Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com
129. ade by many individuals on behalf of the PHP Group The PHP Group can be contacted via E mail at group php net For more information on the PHP Group and the PHP project please see lt http www php net gt This product includes the Zend Engine freely available at lt http www zend com gt The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE This Product includes Sablotron software under MPL License Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 1 Definitions 1 0 1 Commercial Use means distribution or otherwise making the Covered Code available to a third party 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifications 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Modifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular C
130. age 56 or Section 3 2 6 on page 58 for how to access a share NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 3 2 Installing the Link Capture Browser Plugin In addition to copying and pasting a download link to the Download Service screen you can also install a link capture browser plugin in your web browser Use the plugin to easily add a download link to the NSA s download service See Section 7 4 4 on page 143 for more on the link capture browser plugin Internet Explorer 1 Open the folder containing the link capture browser plugin 2 Double click on the plugin to display the following screen Click I Agree to begin installation ENSA Link Capture TE Plugin Setup 15 x License Agreement re Please review the license terms before installing NSA Link Capture IE Plugin 4 Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement End User License Agreement for i Link Capturei WARNING ZyXEL Communications Corp 15 WILLING TO LICENSE THE ENCLOSED SOFTWARE TO YOU ONLY UPON THE CONDITION THAT YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT PLEASE READ THE TERMS CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE INSTALLATION PROCESS AS INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE WILL INDICATE YOUR ASSENT TO THEM IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS THEN ZyXEL INC 15 UNWILLING TO LICENSE THE SOFTWARE TO YOU IN WHICH EVENT YOU SHOULD RETURN THE UNINSTALLED SOFTWARE AND PACKAGING TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH IT WAS ACQUIRED AND YOUR MONEY
131. ails about configuring the synchronization settings USB gt NSA or USB lt NSA When you synchronize files in one direction contents on the source device replace the files on the target device The following figure illustrates how synchronization works when you synchronize files from a USB device to the NSA The same concept applies when you synchronize files from the NSA to a USB device Figure 53 Synchronizing Files Example 1 Before Sync NSA NSA Both storage devices contain A e A copy of files A and B from the USB device is transferred to the NSA e File A from the USB device replaces file A on the NSA e File C on the NSA is deleted NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications USB lt gt NSA When you synchronize files in both directions simultaneously both storage devices transfer unique files to one another Files with the same file name are synchronized according to their modification date time The difference in modification time between the two files has to be greater than five minutes More recently modified files overwrite the older ones during synchronization The following figure illustrates how synchronization works when you synchronize files in both directions simultaneously Figure 54 Synchronizing Files Example 2 Before Sync gt new After Sync ss NSA new new new new A on the USB device and B on the NSA are modified more recently
132. an create and edit the NSA s internal volume See Chapter 5 on page 111 for more details External Volume This displays the volumes created on USB hard drives connected to the NSA USB disks are numbered in the order that you insert USB devices Click the Edit icon to open the Storage screen You can create and edit the external volume See Chapter 5 on page 111 for more details Status This icon indicates whether the volume is healthy degraded or down Name This field shows the name for the volume Read only displays for an external volume that uses Windows NTFS This means the NSA can read the volume but can t save files on it Configuration This field also known as Type shows what type of data storage system a RAID type or JBOD an internal volume is using File System This field shows what file system an external USB volume is using NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 12 Status continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Disk s For internal drives this shows which hard drive bays are included in the volume For external drives this field shows USB1 for the first external hard drive you connect to the NSA regardless of which USB port and USB2 for the second Disk Usage This field shows total disk size the percentage of the disk being used and the percentage that is available Active Sessions This shows how many users are currently connected
133. arning screen pops up if applying your change may disconnect some users Click Apply to continue Warning Confirmation be disconnected Web temporarily disconnect JETIT admin CIFS music admin The following users are currently connected If you decide to continue they may IP Address 172 23 37 104 172 23 37 104 A Performing this operation will cause some network services to 3 The NSA logs you out and automatically redirects your formerly non secure HTTP connection to a secure HTTPS connection Your browser may give you a warning about the device s public key certificate Add an exception to allow your browser to bypass the warning Secure Connection Failed Error code sec_error_untrusted_issuer Or vou can add an exception 172 23 37 52 uses an invalid security certificate The certificate is not trusted because it is self signed The certificate is only valid for nsa220plus This could be a problern with the server s configuration or it could be someone trying to impersonate the server If you have connected to this server successfully in the past the error may be temporary and you can try again later NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 4 Click Add Exception Secure Connection Failed 172 23 37 52 uses an invalid security certificate The certificate is not trusted because it is self signed The certificate is only valid for nsa220plu
134. as encrypted before being transmitted over the Internet Encryption makes it very difficult for unauthorized people to view information traveling between computers It is therefore very unlikely that anyone read this page as it traveled across the network NSA 2401 User s Guide 297 Appendix D Importing Certificates Installing a Stand Alone Certificate File in Firefox Rather than browsing to a ZyXEL Web Configurator and installing a public key certificate when prompted you can install a stand alone certificate file if one has been issued to you 1 Open Firefox and click Tools gt Options Figure 144 Firefox 2 Tools Menu Web Search Downloads Add ons Java Console Error Console Page Info Clear Private Data Ctrl Shift Del x Options 2 In the Options dialog box click Advanced gt Encryption gt View Certificates Figure 145 Firefox 2 Options Options Tabs Content Feeds Privacy Security Advanced General Network Updafe Encryption Protocols Use SSL 3 0 Use TLS 1 0 Certificates When a web site requires a certificate Select one automatically Ask me every time View Certificates Revocation Lists NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 Inthe Certificate Manager dialog box click Web Sites gt Import Figure 146 Firefox 2 Certificate Manager Certificate Manager Your Certificates Other Peoples Web Sites
135. ask and Default Gateway Address fields 3 Click OK to save the changes and close the Ethernet Device General screen 4 If you know your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Configuration screen Enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Figure 106 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS Eile Profile Help S amp S BOO New Edit Copy Delete Devices Hardware DNS Hosts re H You may configure the system s hostname domain H name servers and search domain Name servers are used to look up other hosts on the network Hostname Primary DNS Secondary DNS Tertiary DNS DNS Search Path Active Profile Common modified 266 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computers IP Address 5 Click the Devices tab 6 Click the Activate button to apply the changes The following screen displays Click Yes to save the changes in all screens Figure 107 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate redhat config network You have made some changes in your configuration To activate the network device eth0 the changes have to be saved Do you want to continue 7 After the network card restart process is complete make sure the Status is Active in the Network Configuration screen Using Configuration Files Follow the steps below to edit the network c
136. ateway and DNS servers 6 2 1 Jumbo Frames To use jumbo frames your LAN must support 1 Gbps transmissions Gigabit Ethernet All of your network devices computer Ethernet cards and switches hubs or routers must also support the same size of jumbo frames that you specify in the NSA Note If you enable jumbo frames on the NSA in a network that does not support them you will lose access to the NSA If this occurs you will have to restore the factory default configuration Push the RESET button on the NSA s rear panel and release it after you hear a beep In the following example the NSA has jumbo frames enabled and set to 8KB frames This means the computer notebook computer and switch must also have jumbo frames enabled and be capable of supporting 8KB frames Figure 26 Jumbo Frames 1 Gbps Ethernet NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 6 Network 6 2 2 Configuring the TCP IP Screen Click Network gt TCP IP in the navigation panel to open the following screen Note If you change the NSA s IP address you need to log in again after you apply changes Figure 27 Network gt TCP IP IP Address Dynamic O static IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway DNS Dynamic O Static Primary DNS Server M722352 Secondary DNS Server M722357 HTTP Web Configurator P Enable Another HTTP Web Configuration Port Port Number Jumbo Frames Disabled O Enabled Caution Jumbo Fram
137. ath ra Description rest connection The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 43 Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr gt Add or Edit a Server LABEL DESCRIPTION Domain Name IP Enter the domain name or IP address of the FTP server Address Account Name Enter the account name used to access the FTP server Password Enter the password associated with the account name Port Number Enter the port number for the FTP server Remote Path Enter the path to where the NSA automatically uploads files Description Enter additional information about this FTP server Test Connection Click this to test your setttings Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this return to the previous screen without saving NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 10 2 The FTP Uploadr Preferences Screen Use this screen to configure the general settings for the FTP Uploadr In the FTP Uploadr screen click the Preferences icon to open the following screen Figure 66 Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr gt Preferences Folder Watch List ES ET eS photo wallpaper ini eS video fi Shares public l a Er Settings Grace Period The time the system will wait before a newly added file is saved in a watched folder Grace Period 15 minutes Bandwidth Limit
138. ation ZyX a Organization Q al Organizational unit XYZ200 raanizational unit e R ue EZ j KT Valid from Wednesday 21 May 2008 06 42 35 am GMT amp Valid until Saturday 21 May 2011 06 42 35 am GMT r Cache Policy Permanently Accept TA D until O Reject Plugins z Prompt Browser Identification MDS digest 3F 9A 76 6E A9 F5 07 41 BE 4C 8B 8B A2 D3 F0 2F Performance X Cancel Help Defaults Ww 4 The next time you go to the web site that issued the public key certificate you just removed a certification error appears NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Note There is no confirmation when you remove a certificate authority so be absolutely certain you want to go through with it before clicking the button NSA 2401 User s Guide 315 Appendix D Importing Certificates NSA 2401 User s Guide Open Source Licences Notice Information herein is subject to change without notice Companies names and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise noted No part may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose except the express written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation This Product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation under Apache License Apache License Version 2
139. automatically but the system root certificates will not Do you want to delete the selected certificate s 5 Inthe Root Certificate Store dialog box click Yes Figure 141 Root Certificate Store Internet Explorer 7 Root Certificate Store Do you want to DELETE the following certificate from the Root Store Subject 172 20 37 202 ZyXEL Issuer Self Issued Time Validity Wednesday May 21 2008 through Saturday May 21 2011 Serial Number 00846BC7 48BF7C2E CB Thumbprint sha 1 DC44635D 10FE2D0D E76A72ED 002B9AF7 677EB0E9 Thumbprint md5 65F5E948 FOBC9598 50803387 C6A18384 NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 6 The next time you go to the web site that issued the public key certificate you just removed a certification error appears NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Firefox The following example uses Mozilla Firefox 2 on Windows XP Professional however the screens can also apply to Firefox 2 on all platforms 1 If your device s Web Configurator is set to use SSL certification then the first time you browse to it you are presented with a certification error 2 Select Accept this certificate permanently and click OK Figure 142 Firefox 2 Website Certified by an Unknown Authority Website Certified by an Unknown Authority Unable to verify the identity of 172 20 37 202 as a trusted site A Possible reasons for this error Your
140. ave a license to use the Software as long as this License Agreement remains in full force and effect Ownership of the Software Documentation and all intellectual property rights therein shall remain at all times with ZyXEL Any other use of the Software by any other entity is strictly forbidden and is a violation of this License Agreement 3 Copyright The Software and Documentation contain material that is protected by United States Copyright Law and trade secret law and by international treaty provisions All rights not granted to you herein are expressly reserved by ZyXEL You may not remove any proprietary notice of ZyXEL or any of its licensors from any copy of the Software or Documentation 4 Restrictions You may not publish display disclose sell rent lease modify store loan distribute or create derivative works of the Software or any part thereof You may not assign sublicense convey or otherwise transfer pledge as security or otherwise encumber the rights and licenses granted hereunder with respect to the Software You may not copy reverse engineer decompile reverse compile translate adapt or disassemble the Software or any part thereof nor shall you attempt to create the source code from the object code for the Software You may not market co brand private label or otherwise permit third parties to link to the Software or any part thereof You may not use the Software or any part thereof in the operation of a
141. b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on 332 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
142. blic key algorithm RSA with 1024 bits Fingerprint MDS 14 bc 16 d9 61 0d 00 12 a9 66 4a 5f ab 8c c4 50 Fingerprint SHA 1 62 77 6F 09 cf 4c 12 94 54 38 e7 93 d5 d Sb ce 82 46 60 83 Subject of certificate Certificate issuer Common name NS49863 Common name N549863 Organization ZyXEL Organization ZyXEL Session details Cipher AES 128 CBC MAC SHAL Trust this certificate and carry on connecting Ca The shares and folders to which Gonzo has access display Now you can use FTP to securely transfer files to or from the NSA Use a secure method to let your users know the correct fingerprint for the NSA s certificate so they can check it before adding a security exception 3 10 Using a MAC to Access the NSA This tutorial shows you how to find the NSA on MAC OS X 10 5 Leopard You can access the NSA in two ways e Use the Finder to browse for the NSA or e Use the Finder gt Go option to connect to the NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 10 1 Finder 1 Open a new Finder window Finder Date Modified Y SHARED gt amp All Y PLACES Desktop Downloads zyxel A Applications Fi Documents Y SEARCH FOR Today Yesterday Past Week CH All Images WV Vie vee VO V nsa22nancy a Q amp nsa220plus 6 op nsa2401 nsatest ont pqa paasw1 sec sw_3 security2003 server
143. blocked by IP filter Service Download INFO Download service peer from tracker blocked by IP filter Service Download INFO Download service abort loading ipfilter dat Service Download INFO Download service will update ipfilter dat from s after d Service day s Download INFO Download service added 500 rules from ipfilter dat Service Download INFO Download service detected invalid ip range s in ipfilter dat Service Download WARNING Download service default location does not exist Load Service default Download WARNING Download service default torrent location does not exist Service Load default Groups NOTICE Add new group s Groups NOTICE Delete group s Network NOTICE s is active because of changing Port Group Enable DHCP client Network NOTICE s is inactive because of changing Port Group Disable DHCP client Network NOTICE s MTU gt s MTU 8 s may not work correctly Network NOTICE s MTU 8 lt s MTU s may not work correctly Network NOTICE Add interface s NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 62 Log Messages continued CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Network NOTICE Because s link down Default route will not apply until s link up Network NOTICE Because base interface s will be disabled Interface s is disabled now base_ud_iface Network NOTIC
144. browser does not recognize the Certificate Authority that issued the site s certificate The site s certificate is incomplete due to a server misconfiguration You are connected to a site pretending to be 172 20 37 202 possibly to obtain your confidential information Please notify the site s webmaster about this problem Before accepting this certificate you should examine this site s certificate carefully Are you willing to to accept this certificate for the purpose of identifying the Web site 172 20 37 202 Examine Certificate Accept this certificate permanently this session Do not accept this certificate and do not connect to this Web site NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 The certificate is stored and you can now connect securely to the Web Configurator sealed padlock appears in the address bar which you can click to open the Page Info gt Security window to view the web page s security information Figure 143 Firefox 2 Page Info Page Info General Forms Links Media Security Web Site Identity Verified The web site 172 20 37 202 supports authentication for the page you are viewing The identity of this web site has been verified by ZyXEL a certificate authority you trust for this purpose View the security certificate that verifies this web site s ew identity Connection Encrypted High grade Encryption AES 256 256 bit The page you are viewing w
145. cation for saving downloads and configure the download period Figure 36 Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences gt General Settings Preferences General Settings BitTorrent Default Destination Shares admin Path download i Browse sata Download Period Control O Enable Download Period Control Download Service is active in the time period hh mm hh mm ro a ET 3 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 30 Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences gt General Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Destination Use these fields to select where on the NSA to store the files the NSA downloads Files downloaded via HTTP FTP are saved in the destination share or folder Files downloaded via BitTorrent are saved in the incoming folder within the destination share or folder Shares If you have more than one volume select the one that contains the share where you want to save downloaded files Path Type the location of the share to save downloaded files in or click Browse and navigate to the file s location Download Period This feature sets the NSA to download files only within a specified Control time period Enable Download Use the check box to turn the download period control on or off Period Control NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications Table 30 Applications gt Download S
146. cctchedeemsancceesctunemersaentecnadinaie R 25 L URSS 25 Chapter 2 Web Configurator Bases sicoiro enrii a sacvintabvnd aaa E a 27 EI OVON oreraa E E A EEO 27 2 2 Accessing the NSA Web Configurator iii cciisscssccceusseetiecisarestedoistesadsnuraneseasioua sinakemertbeneces 27 22 1 Access iha NSA Yia NDU ns EI 28 222 We BONS ACCESS nn AAAA A 28 PAE a a AEO ENE I A AEA T EE E T A ETA E E E O A E 29 24 Userleyel Screens CVEIMIOW Lnersnsselestientrenn ienie iae OTa E EE TEE EEN ETEN 30 2o RENSA SSE ari 31 2 0 1 My NSA Share Browsiig Screen srcceniiinier i nse aime 32 2 5 2 My NSA Share Browsing Move or Copy Screen si 35 2 5 3 My NSA Configuration Screen 28 tata ardent anaa 36 204 NY NSA Edit Share SOR St eesaon nannan nea 37 25 5 Share and Folder Names users aAA EEAS 38 Ie PAR EOE NET AIA AEEA E AL ITEE EIEE ATEREA EA ENEA 39 255 9 Password SOCED irrena eE E AEA AA EAA RS 40 2 0 Adm taton OCES aE AA AA AAR ANAA 41 26 1 Global Administration ICONS nes des EANET IA 41 20 4 Navigation PANG scccccsusccstesasncteisrcassscesved sestteteazesttvessqeuapveureqauaepennd sesnttens ouuseeues ggare reine 42 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 1 Table of Contents 21020 I I scrutin ananas 44 Ae SIS S ET E I P OE EO E ANP I ANTAO 44 2 6 5 Common Screen ICONS s ciccdevsswncegerveseneadarnwercdoervivaserveansedivvenegneaivsiensmrndes 44 Dr TO TT SR a an 46 2 141 280 Example OI MST seninsnan iaa 48 Chapter 3 TO HAS nrnnbisseseneleniseusnarmimeemnmnenuiitrenm
147. ce you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistrib
148. certificates Browsing Notifications Set master password Content Fonts Downloads Programs Every time needed Ask for password History Security __ Enable Fraud Protection NSA 2401 User s Guide 305 Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 In the Certificates Manager click Authorities gt Import Figure 156 Opera 9 Certificate manager Certificate manager Certificate authorities AAA Certificate Serv Actalis Root CA AddTrust Class 1 CA Root AddTrust External CA Root AddTrust Public CA Root AddTrust Qualified CA Root Baltimore CyberTrust Code Signing Root Baltimore CyberTrust Mobile Root Baltimore CyberTrust Root Certum CA Certum CA Level I Certum CA Level II Certum CA Level IIT Certum CA Level IV Class 1 Public Primary Certification Authority Class 1 Public Primary Certification Authority G2 c 1998 VeriSig Class 2 Public Primary Certification Authority Class 2 Public Primary Certification Authority G2 c 1998 VeriSig v 4 Use the Import certificate dialog box to locate the certificate and then click Open Figure 157 Opera 9 Import certificate Import certificate Look in B Desktop q E My Computer my Documents Desktop My Network Places cac NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 5 In the Install authority certificate dialog box click Install Figure 158 Opera 9 Install authority ce
149. ch printer connected to the NSA must use a unique name Actions Rename Click this to change the name the NSA uses for the printer Cancel Job Click this to remove all print jobs from the NSA queue for a particular printer However since the NSA sends print jobs to the printer as soon as it can this button may only have an effect if there are very large or many print jobs in the queue To stop a print job that has already started you may have to turn off the printer Delete Click this to remove a printer from the NSA s printer list To add the printer back into the list disconnect the printer from the NSA s USB port and reconnect it If that does not work disconnect the USB port and turn off the printer s power Then reconnect the printer and turn it back on 7 7 3 Print Server Rename Click Applications gt Print Server and a printer s Rename icon to open the following screen Use this screen to change the name the NSA uses for the printer Figure 51 Applications gt Print Server gt Rename Name Note Only alphanumeric characters and underscore _ are acceptable limit 15 characters The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Applications gt Print Server gt Rename LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Type a new name to identify the printer The name must be unique from all the other names of printers connected to the NSA Apply Click this to sav
150. ch recipients You are responsible for ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party 3 3 Description of Modifications You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indirectly from Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will know whom to contact If Contributor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or
151. ching items are missing after removed a hard drive The NSA s download and broadcatching lists are stored on the system volume If you have two JBOD volumes it is possible to remove one and still use the other However if you remove the system volume you may lose the download and broadcasting lists With two JBOD volumes the hard disk that was installed first is usually the system volume 13 9 Web Publishing A web published share cannot be accessed by web browser from the Internet Make sure the person trying to access the share is using the correct web address and port number if the NSA s web publishing feature is not using port 80 See page 156 for details Make sure the publishing feature is turned on and the share is in the list of published shares Make sure the person trying to access the share is using Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Firefox 1 07 and later You need to use a public address to access the NSA s web published shares from the Internet If your NSA uses a private IP address use the public IP address of your Internet gateway firewall and configure NAT or port forwarding on your Internet gateway and possibly firewall rules in order to let people access the NSA s web published shares from the Internet Make sure the firewall s public IP address is static or that the firewall uses a Dynamic Domain Name DDNS Web publishing uses TCP protocol and the port number you specify Make sur
152. connection the speed of the download source s Internet connection how many others are trying to download at the same time the peers and seeds available and general network conditions NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 4 3 Adding a Download Task Click Applications gt Download Service gt Add to open the following screen Use this screen to specify a file for the NSA to download Section 3 3 on page 59 provides a tutorial on adding a download task Figure 33 Applications gt Download Service gt Add Add Download Task From URL Source URL Torrent File Brow Default Destination A Note To change the default destination you must go to the Preferences Dialog Shares admin Path download A Caution Do not use the NSA for illegal downloads Illegal downloading or sharing of files can result in severe civil and criminal penalties You are subject to the restrictions of copyright laws and any other applicable laws and will bear the consequences of any infringements thereof ZyXEL takes NO responsibility or liability for your use of the download service feature The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 29 Applications gt Download Service gt Add LABEL DESCRIPTION URL Paste the URL of the file you want to download into this field The URL can be for an HTTP FTP or BitTorrent download For a BitTorrent download you can copy
153. copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered
154. count ee g The green icon is for a user account NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 187 Chapter 8 Users 8 3 Adding or Editing an Account Use this screen to create or edit a NSA user account with NSA access password Click the Add User button in the Users screen to open the following screen Click the Edit User button in the screen shown previously to edit an existing account Figure 68 Sharing gt Users gt Add or Edit a User Add User Group Membership Username New Password s Password Confirm C A ad Ce Account Type Administrator g User Available Group s Group Membership PADDY KES The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 47 Users gt Add or Edit a User LABEL DESCRIPTION Username Type a name from 1 to 32 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters See Section 8 3 1 on page 189 for more details on usernames Password Create a password associated with this user You can type from one to 14 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters Password Confirm You must type the exact same password that you just typed in the above field Account Type Select Administrator to give the account full configuration and management access to the NSA Select User to give the account basic access rights to the NSA and allow the user to manage his own shares change
155. d but you have installed a new disk and the NSA is restoring the RAID1 volume to a healthy state e Degraded when a volume is currently down but can be fixed Data access may be slower from a degraded volume so it s recommended that you replace the faulty disk and repair the volume as soon as you can Inactive when a disk is missing from a RAID 0 volume or a two disk JBOD volume The volume is unusable If you removed one of the disks you should be able to re install it and use the volume again as long as you did not change anything on the disk If a disk has failed you need to replace it and re create the whole volume All data will be lost See page 232 for how to install or replace a hard drive e Down when a volume is down and can not be fixed A down RAID volume cannot be used until you repair or replace the faulty disk s in the volume Degraded means one of the disks in the RAID volume is not available but the volume can still be used For a degraded volume you should replace the faulty disk as soon as possible to obtain previous performance See your Quick Start Guide for more information on replacing a disk If it s down then the only indication is that you can no longer transfer files to from the shares in the down volume If it s degraded then file transfer to from the shares in the degraded volume will be slower Note There is no explicit message from CIFS that tells users their volume is degraded or down 5 4
156. d Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select November First Sunday at 2 00 Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select October Last Sunday The time you specify depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Offset Specify by how many hours to change the time for Daylight Saving Time Apply Click this to save your changes If you configured a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time all of the settings take affect Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 4 System Setting NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Storage 5 1 Overview Several NSA features require a valid internal volume This chapter covers the management of volumes and disks both internal and external Use the Storage screen S
157. d Share Recycle Edit Share Delete Share Bin Share Browser Ez pre defined video volume video admin public cma pre defined photo volume photo admin public ma pre defined music volume music admin public ie built in public volume public admin public a built in admin volume admin admin private 2 Specify a name for the share and select which volume it should be on Configure the screen as follows Then click Edit Add Share Share Name Jimmy volume volume 183 26 GB Make this share E oanad pr admin l A Enable This Share Enable Recycle Bin Publish this share to Media Server Publish this share to Web Share Access l dvanced NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Configure the screen as follows to give Jimmy full access right to the share Then click Apply to create the share Share Access Configuration Available User s Group s uthority Full ie lt Users gt N Note You may select multiple users groups by using Ctrl Click Ema RER Now that Bob has created Jimmy s share he can go through the steps again to create another share for Kevin 3 2 3 Creating a Group After creating user accounts for Jimmy and Kevin Bob wants to create a group for his sons and another one for the parents Bob can assign access rights to his sons group for certain shares such as a cartoons share and allow only the parents group to access the
158. d User License Agreement for NSA WARNING ZyXEL Communications Corp IS WILLING TO LICENSE THE ENCLOSED SOFTWARE TO YOU ONLY UPON THE CONDITION THAT YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT PLEASE READ THE TERMS CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE INSTALLATION PROCESS AS INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE WILL INDICATE YOUR ASSENT TO THEM IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS THEN ZyXEL INC IS UNWILLING TO LICENSE THE SOFTWARE TO YOU IN WHICH EVENT YOU SHOULD RETURN THE UNINSTALLED SOFTWARE AND PACKAGING TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH IT WAS ACQUIRED AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences 1 Grant of License for Personal Use ZyXEL Communications Corp ZyXEL grants you a non exclusive non sublicense non transferable license to use the program with which this license is distributed the Software including any documentation files accompanying the Software Documentation for internal business use only for up to the number of users specified in sales order and invoice You have the right to make one backup copy of the Software and Documentation solely for archival back up or disaster recovery purposes You shall not exceed the scope of the license granted hereunder Any rights not expressly granted by ZyXEL to you are reserved by ZyXEL and all implied licenses are disclaimed 2 0wnership You have no ownership rights in the Software Rather you h
159. d then use the NDU to rediscover it Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 6 Network 6 3 The PPPoE Screen Click Network gt PPPoE in the navigation panel to open the following screen PPPoE allows the NSA to establish a direct Internet connection Figure 28 Network gt PPPoE ss Network PPPoE Status Status Disabled IP Address N A IP Subnet Mask N A Configuration Enable PPPoE to directly connect to the Internet Enable PPPoE Connection Username Password Password Confirm The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 Network gt PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION Status Status This field displays the status of PPPoE connection IP Address This field displays the IP address of your PPPoE connection IP Subnet Mask This field displays the IP subnet mask of your PPPoE connection Configuration Enable PPPoE Select this option to establish a direct Internet connection for the NSA Connection You need to enter the username and password as given by your ISP Username Enter the username exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the username above Password Retype the password for confirmation Confirm Apply
160. d to Favorites Properties 4 Log into the NSA web configurator see Section 2 3 on page 29 using the administrator account and click Administration gt Applications gt Broadcatching 5 Click Add Channel Broadcatching Add Delete Refresh Edit Channel Channel Channel Channel Completed Q Seeding J Downloading G Queued G Paused Q Error Missing File Start downloading if Delete Item Channel Name 76 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 6 10 11 Right click the URL field and select Paste Subscribe to Channel Feed Please enter the url address of the feed you want to subscribe to l Download Policy Delete Policy Manual Keep last Select All DownloadHelp The URL displays in the URL field Select a policy for what items to download This example uses Manually Choose Items for Download so you will be able to select individual items to download later Select a policy for what items to delete This example keeps the most recent 10 items Click Apply Subscribe to Channel Feed Please enter the url address of the feed you want to subscribe to http feeds feedburner com cnet cnetlive format xml Download Policy Manually Choose Items for Download w Delete Policy O manual Keep last 10 of items PADDY ES After a few moments the channel appears in the Broadcatching screen where you can
161. de of computer software code which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter acquired including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contributor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or
162. e LAN it lets you get files from the Internet and blocks those on the Internet from getting files from you Figure 40 Firewall Blocking Incoming BitTorrent Requests lt i lt Incoming BitTorrent Requests Blocked INTERNEJ Outgoing BitTorrent Request Allowed lt A Corresponding BitTorrent Reply Allowed To speed up BitTorrent file transfers configure your firewall s port forwarding to send incoming TCP port 6881 and UDP port 6880 connections to the NSA You probably need to use your firewall s HTML web based configuration interface to NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 151 Chapter 7 Applications set this up see the firewall s manual for details You may also have to configure a corresponding firewall rule Figure 41 Firewall Configured to Allow Incoming BitTorrent Requests Incoming BitTorrent Requests Allowed nd lt _ INTERNE DL e Other Incoming Traffic Blocked 7 5 The Web Publishing Screen Click Applications gt Web Publishing to open the following screen Use this screen to turn web publishing on or off and select shares to publish Figure 42 Applications gt Web Publishing Ti Applications Web Publishing Web Publishing Disable Web Publishing Enable Web Publishing Port Number 80 Note The format of URL http IP Address Port Number MyWeb ShareName Unpublished Shares Published Shares FamilyPhotos 152 NS
163. e TCP IP Properties IP Address Bindings Advanced NetBlOS DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address An IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below Specify an IP address IF addas E IV Detect connection to network media NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 257 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab e If you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS e If you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in Figure 94 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration Bindings Advanced NetBIOS DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address earch Wrd 7 E Domain Suffix Search Order H Cancel 4 Click the Gateway tab e If you do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways e If you have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 Inthe Run window
164. e there is not another service using TCP protocol with the same port number See Appendix C on page 281 for a list of common services and their associated protocols and port numbers NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting e If Firefox access to the share does not work check that you did not set the Web publishing feature to use one of the following ports Firefox blocks these ports Table 69 Ports Blocked By Default in Firefox POR by default FOR SERVICE 1 tcpmux 7 echo 9 discard 11 systat 13 daytime 15 netstat 17 qotd 19 chargen 20 ftp data 21 ftp control 22 ssh 23 telnet 25 smtp 37 time 42 name 43 nicname 53 domain 77 priv rjs 79 finger 87 ttylink T SERVICE 95 supdup 101 hostriame 102 iso tsap 103 gppitnp 104 acr nema 109 POP2 110 POP3 111 sunrpc 113 auth 115 sftp 117 uucp path 119 NNTP 123 NTP 135 loc srv epmap 139 netbios 143 IMAP2 179 BGP 389 LDAP 465 SMTP SSL 512 print exec POR SERVICE 513 login 514 shell 515 printer 526 tempo 530 courier 531 chat 532 netnews 540 uucp 556 remotefs 563 NNTP SSL 587 submission 601 syslog 636 LDAP SSL 993 IMAP SSL 995 POP3 SSL 2049 nfs 4045 lockd 60
165. e 119 5 6 Storage Technical FREI sr nnsdrnanoniiosaiiiannnanniccniien lies 120 OU OO And RAID st rntecsmn antenne nbaabiadiorsotentunses 120 5 6 2 Choosing a Storage Method for a Volume 44444444 121 DD at MOUTON cents mulet nn nn t 121 Chapter 6 1 4 Le A E ER eee ee TERRE 125 CT RS LR eee 125 6 1 1 What You Can Do in the Network Screens 4 44 125 6 1 2 What You Need to Know About Network 00 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeecaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeesennnnaeeees 125 0 2 The TORE SNS scsrcescactacszcestasvsreencniuessticcadereessatenpeteveseusegceniaonincenniienaseteiiandeersannnerets 126 o A Lampe FIVE anna intestins 126 6 2 2 Conigurning thie TP OGEN nana onde den ma atde 127 Hao UNE PP PGE GOGEN raser ouest annales antenne ai aia 129 Chapter 7 Py Ee E PTE acariens 131 Le RIOD his taime daim outre t ie O E AE TN E tiens tete 131 7 1 1 What You Can Do in the Application Screens ccccccccceceeee eee eeeeeeteeneeaeeeeeeeeees 131 7 1 2 What You Need to Know About Applications c ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeeeeeeeees 131 T2 TRS PTE OKO sentis ea sitio iordese entier nat 133 Fao The Media Server SCSI sess AiGqne sente anne eee aniihi tehnike di enuteetii tenant add tre 135 7 3 1 Sharing Media Files on Your NetWork us da aena rs seamnaste sea anen een sata ta 135 7 3 2 Configuring the Media Server Screen scaisciscneoisdendeserseorsantisiacisiomnatadoeneniamesanen 136 TA The Downoad Serice Srem seni
166. e File A from the USB device replaces file A on the NSA e File B from the NSA replaces file B on the USB device e A copy of file C from the USB device is transferred to the NSA e A copy of file D from the NSA is transferred to the USB device NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 8 3 Configuring the Copy Sync Button Screen Click Applications gt Copy Sync Button to open the following screen Figure 55 Applications gt Copy Sync Button ss Applications Copy Sync Button Copy Settings Press and release the button to copy data between the USB storage and copy target Copy Target pubic USB Volume 0 E Copy Direction USB gt NSA E Fa Create a New Folder for Copied Files Backup Files to be Replaced Sync Settings Press and hold the button until you hear a beep to synchronize data between the USB storage and sync target Sync Target USB Volume FR Sync Direction x A Backup Files to be Replaced or Removed Backup Target ladin The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 38 Applications gt Copy Sync Button LABEL DESCRIPTION Copy Settings Copy Target Select the NSA share to use with the copy function USB Volume If your USB device has multiple partitions select which partition to use with the copy function Copy Direction Select USB gt NSA to copy files from your USB device to the NSA Select NSA gt USB to copy fi
167. e Name public Volume volume RA Make this share ER x owned by _ F4 Enable This Share Enable Recycle Bin Publish this share to Media Server Publish this share to Web Share Access Make Share Public w The following table describes the labels in the this screen Table 7 My NSA gt Edit Share LABEL DESCRIPTION Share Name Configure a name to identify this share Type a share name from 1 to 255 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters The name cannot be the same as another existing local share See Section 2 5 5 on page 38 for more information on share names Volume You should have already created volumes a single accessible storage area with a single file system on the NSA Select the volume that you want to use with this share Make this share Select the administrator or user account that is to own manage this owned by share The share owner controls access rights to the share Enable This Select this option to allow users to access this share When this option Share is not selected you cannot see and access this share Enable Recycle Bin Select this option to keep deleted items in a recycle bin When you delete an item a recycle folder is created within the share and the deleted item is stored in the recycle bin Later if you want to retrieve a deleted item you can select the item from the recycle folder and move copy the it
168. e Share Browser screen NSA 220 Plus User s Guide PART IV Maintenance and Protecting Data Maintenance Screens 11 1 Overview This chapter discusses the Maintenance screens The Maintenance screens allow you to manage system configurations 11 1 1 What You Can Doin the Maintenance Screens e Use the Power Management screen Section 11 2 on page 208 to set up power saving for the hard disks installed in the NSA Use the Log screen Section 11 3 on page 212 to check the system s logs e Use the Configuration screen Section 11 5 on page 220 to manage the NSA configuration file Use the SSL screen Section 11 6 on page 221 to configure HTTPS and the NSA s SSL certificate e Use the Firmware Upgrade screen Section 11 7 on page 224 to upload new firmware Use the Shutdown screen Section 11 8 on page 225 to restart or shut down your NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 207 Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens 11 2 The Power Management Screen Use this screen to manage power saving for the hard disks installed on the NSA Click Maintenance gt Power Management to display the following screen Figure 78 Maintenance gt Power Management ti Maintenance Power Management Power Management Turn off hard diskis 3 minutes Eu EE Minimum UPS Capacity Minimum UPS Capacity 50 Yo Q Note This feature will not work now because there is no UPS control cable connected Q Note The NSA automatically
169. e auto upload settings in the following screen Figure 61 Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube gt Config Flickr Flickr Account Configuration Username pinkpeachy Guy 489 4 69 MB Used 100 00 MB Total 95 31 Free Account Information Folder Selection Folder Watch List public mi G kawaii fi we cute Mario Ti eS cute MrDonut Ww Shares public E Path maan Note Only the following file formats will be automatically uploaded gif jpg png tif Grace Period Setting The time the system will wait before a newly added media file is saved in a watched folder Grace Period fi minutes Default Privacy Setting Who can see your media files on Flickr O Only You Your friends Your family 9 Anyone Ei Hide from public site area Default Safety Level Safe C moderate Restricted Default Content Type Photo C Screenshot other NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 40 Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube gt Config Flickr LABEL DESCRIPTION Flickr Account Configuration Username This field displays the username authorized for the auto upload feature Account This field displays how much storage space is available on your Flickr Information account Switch User Click this to
170. e browser 32 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Index N naming server 106 shares 38 volumes 117 workgroup 106 NAS Discovery Utility see NDU navigation panel 42 NDU 28 network 125 diagnostic tools 128 DNS 125 128 HTTP port 128 IP address 125 jumbo frames 125 126 128 PPPOE 126 129 activation 129 TCP IP 126 127 notifications download service activation 139 notifications download service 144 P parity 122 passive mode transfer 134 password 29 30 40 port HTTP 128 power management 208 failure 209 resume 209 schedule 210 UPS 209 PPPOE 126 129 activation 129 preferences download service 145 print server 162 configuration 163 name 163 protection download service 150 151 public key certificate 222 R RAID 116 120 degraded 117 RAID 0 121 123 RAID 1 121 123 124 recovering 112 replacing disks 112 resynchronization 112 rebuilding database 137 recycle bins 201 activation 37 198 configuration 196 201 replacing disks 112 reset 25 220 restoring settings 220 RSS 133 download service notifications 144 S safety level Flickr 174 schedule power management 210 scheduling download service 145 secure connections 92 selecting language 30 server entry FTP Uploadr 180 server name 106 setup BitTorrent 146 COPY SYNC button 167 download service 139 Flickr 173 FTP Uploadr 181 media server 136 print server 163 YouTube 175 176 shares 31 195 access rights 38
171. e computer is ready to use the printer Select the printer in an application to use it to print Browse to the NSA using a CIFS program like Windows Explorer and double click the printer s icon to open the printer s queue of print jobs Canon_PRT_1 on 192 168 1 2 loj x Printer Document View Help Document Name Status Owner Pages sre Note Repeat steps 5 to 8 on your other computers so they can also use the printer 3 6 Copy and Flickr Auto Upload Tutorial Amy received some photos taken during her best friend s wedding and saved the files on a USB disk She wants to save a copy of the photos in the NSA and upload the photos to her Flickr account Amy has to activate the NSA s auto upload feature See Section 7 9 1 on page 170 for more details on setting up a Flickr account for auto upload In this example Amy select the NSA s photo share for auto upload This is how Amy would transfer the files from her USB disk to the NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 1 Click Applications gt Copy Sync Button in the navigation panel to open the screen 2 Configure the copy settings as shown and click Apply 2e Applications Copy Sync Button Copy Settings Press and release the button to copy data between the USB storage and copy target Copy Target ho E USB Volume WwD 1600BEV E xtemal Qt Copy Direction USB gt NSS E Create a New Folder for Copied Files Backup File
172. e is corrupted the NSA will download the file again If the file is intact but not completely downloaded the NSA will resume the download task after it restarts NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 When itis not the download time you see a message in the Download Service screen indicating the active download period Download Service Download service allows you to download files from the Internet directly to the NSA Fa Enable Download Service Es Enable Download Notify Sp p Add Preferences Refresh Note Download Service is not active It will be active between 23 30 09 00 Downloading G Seeding Delete Pause Resume Task Info a Here is a list of BitTorrent settings you want to configure for your NSA e Limit the maximum upload rate to 20 KB s Enter this value in the Max upload rate field e Actively download three torrent files but only upload one at a time Enter 3 in the Maximum Number of Active Torrents field and enter 1 in the Maximum Number of Seeding Jobs field e Keep sharing until the NSA has shared equal or greater amount of the downloaded files Select the check box and enter 100 in the Upload Download Ratio field e Use an online IP filter table from http www bluetack co uk config level1 gz for example to protect BitTorrent downloads Enter the URL in the Update IP Filter from the Internet Every Week field NSA 22
173. e is supported in 1 Gbps and higher mode only Please make sure your host switch hub and router support Jumbo Frames Network Diagnostic Tool Host a root servers net Ping The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 Network gt TCP IP LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Dynamic Select this option to have the NSA get IP address information automatically If no IP address information is assigned the NSA uses Auto IP to assign itself an IP address and subnet mask For example you could connect the NSA directly to your computer If the computer is also set to get an IP address automatically the computer and the NSA will choose addresses for themselves and be able to communicate Static Select this option for the NSA to use fixed TCP IP information You must fill in the following fields IP Address Type an IP address in this field NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 127 Chapter 6 Network Table 24 Network gt TCP IP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Subnet Mask Type an IP subnet mask in this field Default Type a default gateway address in this field Gateway DNS DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa If you have the IP address es of the DNS server s enter them Dynamic Select the option to have the NSA get a DNS server address automatically Static Select this option to ch
174. e library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a cont
175. e when the UPS stops supplying power A setting around 50 is recommended A setting close to 100 is not recommended since it would cause the NSA to shut down whenever the UPS is charging A setting close to 0 is also not recommended since the UPS would not have enough power to allow the NSA to shutdown properly Apply Click this to save your changes in this section Power On After Power Failure Select an option to set whether or not the NSA restarts when the power is restored after a power failure Keep Former Status Select this option to have the NSA automatically restart only if it was operating when the power failed The NSA remains off if it was already off when the power failed Always Power On Select this option to keep the NSA operating as much of the time as possible The NSA restarts automatically even if it was turned off when the power failed Always Power Off Select this option to keep the NSA from automatically restarting when the power is restored after a power failure This is a computer s traditional behavior Select this if you have other servers such as a domain controller or DNS server that you want to start or check after a power failure before the NSA turns on Apply Click this to save your changes in this section Power On Off Schedule Enable Power Select this option to have the NSA turn itself off and on or reboot Control according to the schedules you con
176. e your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 8 The Copy Sync Button Screen The COPY SYNC button on the front panel allows you to copy or synchronize files between a connected USB device and the NSA 7 8 1 Copying Files You can copy files from a USB device to the NSA or from the NSA to a USB device Simply press and release the COPY SYNC button to start copying files See Section 7 8 3 on page 167 for details about configuring the copy settings The following figure illustrates how copying files works when you copy files from a USB device to the NSA The same concept applies when you copy files from the NSA to a USB device Figure 52 Copying Files Example Before Copy USB NSA Both storage devices contain file A e A copy of files A and B from the USB device is transferred to the NSA e File A from the USB device replaces file A on the NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 8 2 Synchronizing Files Synchronization makes the contents on the target device identical to the ones on the source device You can synchronize files from a USB device to the NSA or from the NSA to a USB device In addition you may also synchronize files in both directions simultaneously Press and hold the COPY SYNC button until you hear a beep to synchronize files See Section 7 8 3 on page 167 for det
177. earch field Type in the name of an account and then click Search to look up the account you specified Click Clear to close the search function dd User Search Edit User Delete User Info Selected User s Keyword s LE Search LS Edit User Select an account and click this to open a screen where you can edit the properties of the account NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 8 Users Table 45 Sharing gt Users continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Delete Selected Users Select an account and click this to open a screen where you can delete the user account Delete Account Bob User Bob will be removed from the following group s Do you wish to proceed User Info Select an account and click this to open a screen displaying the amount of storage space used by the account You can also check the account s membership in any groups Display Number Click the drop down menu to set how many accounts you want to display in one screen Go to Page Click the drop down menu to display and access more user accounts User Type This field displays whether the selected account is an administrator account or a user account Username This field displays the usernames of each account 8 2 1 User Icons The following table describes the user icons Table 46 User Icons ICON DESCRIPTION a The blue icon is for an administrator ac
178. ebooted by administrator System INFO Device is shutdown by administrator System NOTICE DNS server is changed System NOTICE Hostname is cleared System NOTICE Hostname is set to s System NOTICE System description is changed System NOTICE System description is empty now System NOTICE DNS server setting is changed System NOTICE DNS server address is changed to be given from DHCP server System NOTICE DNS server setting is changed System NOTICE DNS server address is changed to be assigned by user System NOTICE Name server is changed USB NOTICE An external APC UPS device is plugged unplugged USB NOTICE An external Mass Storage device is plugged unplugged USB NOTICE An external Printer device is plugged unplugged USB NOTICE An external USB hub device is plugged unplugged NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 62 Log Messages continued CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Users ALERT Failed s login attempt incorrect password or inexistent username Users ALERT Failed s login attempt incorrect password or inexistent username Users INFO User s has logged in from s Users INFO User s has logged out from s Users INFO User s from s has been logged out re auth timeout Users INFO User s from s has been logged out lease timeout Users NOTICE Add new user s by s from s Users NOTICE Change user s s password Users NOTICE Del
179. ection 5 2 on page 112 to display information on all volumes create internal and external volumes and configure the volumes properties 5 1 1 What You Need to Know About Storage Volume A volume is a storage area on a disk or disks You can create volumes on the internal disks and external disks attached to the USB port s You can spread a volume across internal disks but not between internal and external disks Storage Methods RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks or JBOD Just a Bunch of Data is the storage method that the NSA uses The storage method you use depends on how many disks you have and how many volumes you want to create It s important that you consider this carefully as all data is deleted when you re create a volume See Figure 5 6 2 on page 121 for details on choosing a storage method Finding Out More See Section 5 6 on page 120 for more technical background information on storage NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage 5 2 The Storage Screen The Storage screen allows you to create and edit volumes in the NSA 5 2 1 Disk Replacement Restrictions See the Quick Start Guide for information on replacing disks in the NSA When replacing a disk in a degraded or down RAID volume the new disk must be at least the same size or bigger than the other disks that are already in the RAID volume so as all data in the volume can be restored For example if you have RAID with 250 GB disks you
180. ed of large amounts of storage capacity or top performance for example accounting and financial data small database systems and enterprise servers RAID and Data Protection If a hard disk fails and you re using a RAID 1 volume then your data will still be available but at degraded speeds until you replace the hard disk that failed and resynchronize the volume However RAID cannot protect against file corruption virus attacks files incorrectly deleted or modified or the NSA malfunctioning Here are some suggestions for helping to protect your data Place the NSA behind a hardware based firewall It should have stateful packet inspection IDP Intrusion Detection and Prevention and anti virus like ZyXEL s ZyWALL UTM products for example e Use anti virus software on your computer to scan files from others before saving the files on the NSA Keep another copy of important files preferably in another location NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Network 6 1 Overview This chapter discusses the network configuration screens The Network screens allow you to configure TCP IP and PPPoE settings for the NSA 6 1 1 What You Can Do in the Network Screens e Use the TCP IP screen Section 6 2 on page 126 to assign the NSA a dynamic or static IP address and DNS information e Use the PPPoE screen Section 6 3 on page 129 to configure PPPoE settings for a direct Internet connection 6 1 2 What You Need to Know About Network
181. ed to allow e Web browser pop up windows from your device e JavaScripts enabled by default e Java permissions enabled by default Note Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable Pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 113 Pop up Blocker Mail and News Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Synchronize Windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 271 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 114 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options PIR p General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookie
182. ed upon public domain software originally written at the National Center for Supercomputing Applications University of Illinois Urbana Champaign This Product includes phpmvc software under LGPL license GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 321 Appendix E Open Source Licences Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free softwa
183. een Click Applications gt Media Server to open the following screen Use this screen to turn the media server and or iTunes server on or off and select shares to publish share with media clients like iTunes Figure 31 Applications gt Media Server Applications Media Server Media Server Media Server Name nsa220 C Disable Media Server Enable Media Server Rebuild Database Q Note If there are no volumes in the system media server can not be enabled when system starts Unpublished Shares Published Shares NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 Applications gt Media Server LABEL DESCRIPTION Media Server Name This is the name of the NSA media server on the network It is the same as the NSA s server name This name lets media clients distinguish between multiple media servers on your network Disable Enable Media Server Turn on the media server to let DLNA compliant media clients on your network play media files located in the published shares See Section 14 4 on page 250 for the multimedia file formats iTunes supports Rebuild Database This option is available when you select Enable Media Server Select this option to repair the files on the media server For example if the NSA got disconnected while downloading or uploading files it might corrupt some files on the
184. em Setting Server Name Server Identification Q Note names Figure 19 System Setting gt Server Name Server Name fnsa220tw Description Workgroup Name nsa220 _IPrevent NSA From Being Master Browser Prevent NSA from being the Master Browser if computers on your network uses non ascii character computer PADDY cs The following table describes the labels in these screens Table 14 System Setting gt Server Name LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Name Enter a name to identify your NSA on the network in this field You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters with minus signs allowed but not as the last character The name must begin with an alphabetic character a z and is NOT case sensitive Description Add text here to describe the NSA if the Server Name field was not enough Use up to 61 characters You can use all characters except the following lt gt Workgroup Name Type your workgroup name in this field A workgroup is a group of computers on a network that can share files These user accounts are maintained on the NSA You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters with minus signs allowed but not as the last character The name must begin with an alphabetic character a z and is NOT case sensitive Prevent NSA From Being Master Browser Select this option if computers in your workgroup are named with non English characters such as Chinese and Russian
185. em to another share Publish this share to Media Server Select this option to make the share s files available to media clients Publish this share to Web Select this option to let people use a web browser to access this share s files without logging into the My NSA screens NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 7 My NSA gt Edit Share continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Share Access Select who can access the files in the share and how much access they are to be given If you publish the share to the media server or the web all users will have at least read only access to the share regardless of what you configure here Select Keep it private to owner to allow only the share owner to read files in the share delete files in the share and save files to the share Select Make it public to allow anyone with or without a user account on the NSA to read files in the share delete files in the share and save files to the share Select Advanced to select which individual users can read the share s files which users can delete the share s files and which users are blocked from doing either Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving 2 5 5 Share and Folder Names The name can only contain the following characters Alphanumeric A z 0 9 and Unicode The NSA allows FTP access
186. enanaeteritimiaiiomed neriels 49 OM SN TOR en a RE ei anna 49 ga Fle Shanmgd TONAS A on a cl Bn dl red aa ss a rile 49 32 1 Creating User ACCOUNT ccascssusiccanacsnsaecaduveesnnnaureenmnecaarenumedaiarenen Oa RN 49 aie LPAI MOIS donesilornitamnemaienenidaniditenanndieennedantt t s 52 CAE EAE 2S E E rence AE cater SE E E R E A E reer 53 3 2 4 Accessing a Share From Windows Explorer 44 iiuseusse 54 3 2 0 Accessing Share Using FTP unes ki esai iasi a laine 56 3 2 6 Accessing a Share Through the Web Configurator c s cccccesssscceereseeececeteeeenees 58 Ja Download Savice TONAL seissen A 59 3 3 1 Copying Pasting a Download LIK x 2eme amants 59 3 3 2 Installing the Link Capture Browser Plugin sisi snisnnennisse 62 3 3 3 Using the Link Capture Browser PIN sn a 67 3 3 4 Configuring the Download Service Preferences e ccccsesseccecceeeeeecceeeeeneeeeeeeeneeaees 69 3 3 5 Using Download Service Notification sccssssncssesstsicescsssii cecacensen senses iedeasants seeervenieeds 71 oA Broadcatthhg ATOME rubans bats die A S nt 15 nn PINOT SRG TONI antenne tien 78 ae Copy and Flickr Auto Upload Tutanak 28 ns A Aa 80 Ar FEP UDEA d PRONA aiiis Une 82 2 0 Web Configurator s Security SOSSIQNS isisscsucscnersosesetesassecniaremeeeenaiaedete nE sasessab tea 86 3 8 1 Customizing the NSA s Certificato 5 nina Ania a 86 3 8 2 Downloading and Installing Customized Certificate aeeeeeeeeeeeneeerernssserrrreerssresses 88
187. ently updated digital content like TV programs radio talk shows Podcasts audio files YouTube videos or even BitTorrents Print Server View and manage the NSA S list of printers and print jobs Copy Sync Copy or synchronize files between a USB device and the Button NSA Auto Upload Upload files in selected shares to your Flickr and or Flickr YouTube YouTube accounts Auto Upload Upload files in selected shares to FTP servers FTP Uploadr Sharing Users View create and edit administrator and user accounts to let people use the NSA Groups View create and edit groups Groups allow you to organize users into specific groups You can create shares accessible only by the group members Shares View create and edit shares Shares are shared folders to which you can allow specific users read write access rights NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 10 Screens Summary continued LINK SCREEN FUNCTION Maintenance Power Configure power saving settings for the NSA Management Log View the NSA s logs Configuration Back up and or restore the NSA configuration file SSL Configure HTTPS and the NSA s SSL certificate FW Upgrade Upload new firmware to your NSA Shutdown Restart the NSA or shut it down Logout Click this to exit the web configurator This is recommended to prevent unauthorized administrator access to the NSA 2 6 3 Main Wi
188. ertificate The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 65 Maintenance gt SSL gt Create or Edit a Certificate LABEL DESCRIPTION Common Name This name describes the certificate s origin either in the form of an IP address or a domain name Host IP Address Select this option and enter the NSA s IP address if you want to use this for the common name Host Domain Name Select this option and enter the NSA s domain name if you want to use this for the common name Organizational Unit Enter this name of the organizational unit which owns or Optional maintains the NSA This is an optional field Organization Enter this name of the organization or company which owns or Optional maintains the NSA This is an optional field Country Optional Enter this name of the country in which the NSA is located This is an optional field Key Type Select the certificate s key type either RSA or DSA RSA is a public key encryption and digital signature algorithm while DSA is only a digital signature algorithm Key Length Select the encryption key length The longer the key the better the encryption security The only drawback to having a long key NSA 220 Plus User s Guide is that the file encrypted with it swells in size as well Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 65 Maintenance gt SSL gt Create or Edit a Certificate
189. ertificate file on your computer and double click it ge My Computer w a 4 Install the certificate The rest of the steps in this section are an example of installing a certificate in Windows See Appendix D on page 285 for other examples In the Certificate dialog box click Install Certificate Certificate General Details Certification Path ES Certificate Information This CA Root certificate is not trusted To enable trust install this certificate in the Trusted Root Certification Authorities store Issued to ns3220plus Issued by ns3220plus Yalid from 12 15 2008 to 12 15 2011 Install Certificate NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 5 Inthe Certificate Import Wizard click Next Certificate Import Wizard Welcome to the Certificate Import Wizard This wizard helps you copy certificates certificate trust lists and certificate revocation lists from your disk to a certificate store 4 certificate which is issued by a certification authority is a confirmation of your identity and contains information used to protect data or to establish secure network connections certificate store is the system area where certificates are kept To continue click Next Cancel 6 Leave Automatically select certificate store based on the type of certificate selected and click Next Certificate Import Wizard Certificate Store Certificate stores are system areas where cert
190. ervice gt Preferences gt General Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Download Service is active in the time period hh mm Specify the time period for the NSA to download files Note If you also configured the Power On Off Schedule nat feature in the Power Management screen make sure your active download period does not conflict with the power off period Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving 7 4 7 Configuring the BitTorrent Settings Click Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences gt BitTorrent to open the following screen Use this screen to configure BitTorrent settings Figure 37 Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences gt BitTorrent Preferences General Settir Q Note UDP port 9089 Port Number Max download rate Max upload rate Maximum Number of Active Torrents Keep Sharing While i Or Seeding Time is kd Update Now BitTorrent For Distributed Hash Table DHT support the BitTorrent service will also attempt to open the following Maximum Number of Seeding Jobs 110 Upload Download Ratio is E Enable IP Filter Last Update Time Update IP Filter Table File from the Internet Every Week URL http www bluetack co uk config nipfilter dat gz O Upload IP Filter Table 809
191. ess example2 com Account Name Amy Password Port Number Fa Remote Path B Amy Description Send to Susan L est Connection eae NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials In the FTP Uploadr screen click Preferences to configure the auto upload settings FTP Uploadr Enable FTP Uploadr Pe al ue Edit Delete Server Add Preferences Server Server Selected Information Servers Number example2 com 21 amy Amy Send to Susan Amy wants to share video files with Susan In the Preferences screen select video from the Shares drop down list box enter a forward slash in the Path field and click Add to add the share to the Folder Watch List Folder Watch List EC ES rath acti There are currently no folders on the watch list Shares video x aea Path mar Settings Grace Period The time the system will wait before a newly added file is saved in a watched folder Grace Period fis minutes Bandwidth Limit Max upload rate jo KB s 0 No Limit NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 6 Amy also set the Bandwidth Limit to 20KB s so that the upload doesn t slow down her Internet connection Folder Watch List RSS ST fi eS video Shares public Im Path Browse maa Settings Grace Period The time the system will wait before a newly added file is saved in a watched folder Grace Period fis mi
192. ess is 192 168 1 33 and the name of the web published share is FamilyPhotos So you would enter http 192 168 1 33 MyWeb FamilyPhotos in your browser s address bar Then press ENTER or click Go A screen displays listing the share s files Figure 44 Browsing to an NSA Share Example oxi File Edit view Favorites Tools Help e Bak amp A Qsearch Favorites Meda 4 y 3 Gl SI Address http 192 168 1 33 MyWeb FamilyPhotos 7 co Name Lastmodified Size L Parent Directory cimg4696 jpg 17 Mar 2007 05 03 1 7M imgp0011jpg 02 May 2007 04 59 1 0M imgp05 6 pg 02 Jun 2007 09 43 2 1M imgp 0768 jpg 08 Jul 2007 04 04 508K Copyright 2007 by ZyXEL Communications Corp e Click a file s link to open the file e Right click a file s link and select Save Target As in Internet Explorer to save a copy of the file e Click a label in the heading row to sort the files by that criteria e To customize how the page looks and works create an index html or index htm file and store it in the share 7 5 2 Web Publishing Web publishing lets you publish shares containing folders and files on the NSA so people can access the files using a web browser without having to log into the My NSA screens This way you can share files with others without them having to know and enter a user name and password For example if you want to share photos in a FamilyPhotos
193. ete user s by s from s Users NOTICE The user s from s has attempted to change the user s password but old password verification fail Users NOTICE User s on u u u u has been denied access from S Users NOTICE User s password has been changed by s from s 11 5 The Configuration Screen Click Maintenance gt Configuration to open the following screen Use this screen to back up or restore the NSA configuration settings Figure 81 Maintenance gt Configuration a Maintenance BackUp Restore Restore File Configuration Backup Current Configuration Settings Click the Backup button to save the current configuration of our system to your local computer Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file to your system browse to the location of the configuration file and click Browse P Restore The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 63 Maintenance gt Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Current Configu ration Settings Backup Click this to save the current configuration of the NSA to your computer A pop up screen appears asking you to confirm Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 63 Maintenance gt Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Restore Configuration After you restore a configuration if a share path d
194. faults Mozilla Firefox Mozilla Firefox 2 0 screens are used here Screens for other versions may vary You can enable Java Javascripts and pop ups in one screen Click Tools then click Options in the screen that appears Figure 121 Mozilla Firefox Tools gt Options IA Help Web Search Ctrl k Downloads Ctrl J Add ons Web Developer Error Console Adblock Plus Ctrl Shift 4 Page Info FireFTP Clear Private Data Ctrl Shift Del Tab Mix Plus Options L Session Manager i Options 278 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Click Content to show the screen below Select the check boxes as shown in the following screen Figure 122 Mozilla Firefox Content Security qq we Ww Feeds Privacy Security Advanced ma ga Ce Main Tabs W Block pop up windows Exceptions IV Load images automatically Exceptions IV Enable JavaScript Advanced IV Enable Java r Fonts amp Colors Default font Times New Roman x Size 16 Advanced File Types Configure how Firefox handles certain types of Files Manage Cancel Help NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 279 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Common Services The following table lists some commonly used services and their associated pro
195. figure Schedule i Click Edit to go to the screen where you can configure the power control schedules Apply Click this to save your changes in this section NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens 11 2 1 Editing the Power Control Schedule Screen Click Maintenance gt Power Management gt Edit to open this screen Use this screen to configure power control schedules to have the NSA turn on turn off or reboot at specified times Figure 79 Maintenance gt Power Management gt Edit Power Control Schedule List RES EC CE ETS Power On Monthly FirstMonday 00 00 Power Off Monthly FourthFriday 00 00 Note You must click on the apply button for your power control schedule settings to apply Add Power Control Schedule Type Power On l Frequency Monthly l Execute Time hh mm jo afo 3 Please select the day C of the month Day First Monday w The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 58 Maintenance gt Power Management gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Power Control This table lists the power on power off and reboot schedules For Schedule List example you could have one schedule to turn the NSA on every morning at 8 00 another schedule to turn it off every evening at 18 00 and a third schedule to have it reboot every Friday at 14 00 Click a column s heading cell to sort the schedules by that column s criteria
196. file s name and location Seeding The NSA downloaded the complete file and NSA is sharing it with other BitTorrent users Double click the item to go to the Download Service screen Downloading The NSA is downloading the file Double click the item to go to the Download Service screen Queued The file is waiting in line for the NSA to download it Double click the item to go to the Download Service screen Pause The download has been manually stopped Double click the item to go to the Download Service screen Missing File The NSA could not find the file Error The NSA automatically retries unsuccessful download attempts The status displays as error when the re attempts are also unsuccessful and the NSA stops trying to download the file To try the download again use the Add button to create a new download task Published Date This is when the file was made available for download Description This is the publishers introduction for the file Actions Start Downloading Click this to add the file to the NSA s download queue or check the file s status in the NSA s download service Click the Delete icon to remove the file from the channel s list NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 6 1 Adding or Editing a Broadcatching Channel At the time of writing the NSA supports RSS 2 0 feeds Websites with a feed usually display a feed icon shown next Copy and pa
197. for an individual User to restrict access to the NSA Client Support Data can be shared among all Windows Mac Linux and UNIX users that have FTP client software or CIFS file sharing support such as Samba for Linux and UNIX users The NSA is also a DLNA certified media server that lets DLNA compliant media clients play video audio and photo content files stored on the NSA HTTP Access the NSA using a regular web connection HTTP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol allows the NSA to obtain an IP address and subnet mask at start up from a centralized DHCP server Alternatively you can give the NSA a static IP address and subnet mask Full Network Management The embedded web configurator is an platform independent web based utility that allows you to easily access the NSA s management settings Hard Disk Drive Power Saving If a hard disk inside the NSA is idle for six minutes the NSA puts it to sleep until you use it again Firmware Upload and Configuration File Management Upload new firmware to the NSA using the web configurator You can also back up and restore the NSA configuration file containing all its settings to from your computer NSA Discovery Utility NDU Use the NDU from a Windows computer to find NSA s in your network access the NSA login page change its IP address configuration or map to a Windows network drive
198. ge efficiency S is the size of the smallest drive in the array and N is the number of drives in the array Storage efficiency assumes all drives are of identical size Performance rankings are approximations Table 20 RAID Quick Comparison RAID Level 0 1 Number of Disks 2 2 Capacity S N S N 2 Storage 100 50 Efficiency Fault Tolerance None YYYY Availability Y YYYY Read YYYY YYY Performance Write YYYY YYY Performance NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage 5 6 2 Choosing a Storage Method for a Volume The following is a guide to help you choose a storage method for the various number of disks supported on the NSA See Section 5 6 3 on page 121 for theoretical background on JBOD and the RAID levels used on the NSA Typical applications for each method are also shown there One Disk If you only have one disk you must use JBOD All disk space is used for your data none is used for backup If the disk fails then you lose all the data on that volume disk You can add another disk to your one disk JBOD volume later without having to re create shares access rights and so on Alternatively you could create a different JBOD volume if you install a second disk and create new shares access rights and so on Two Disks You may choose JBOD RAID 0 or RAID 1 With two disks you could create e up to two JBOD volumes e one RAID 0 or RAID 1 volume e Choose
199. gment actions against Initial Developer or a Contributor the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom You file such action is referred to as Participant alleging that such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any and all rights granted by such Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 of this License shall upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either i agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable royalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such Participant or ii withdraw Your litigation claim with respect to the Contributor Version against such Participant If within 60 days of notice a reasonable royalty and payment arrangement are not mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim is not withdrawn the rights granted by Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 automatically terminate at the expiration of the 60 day notice period specified above any software hardware or device other than such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2 1 b and 2 2 b are revoked effective as of the date You first made used sold distributed or had made Modifications made by that Participant 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement
200. gned CA certificate Step1 Edit the Self signed Certificate Step3 Double click on the CA file to install it into your browser O create a Certificate To Be Authorized By My Own Certificate Authority NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 2 Next let s modify the certificate by changing the Common Name to this NSA s host name of nsa220plus the Organization to Test and the Key Length to 2048 Edit the Self signed Certificate Common Name Host IP Address Host Domain Name nsa220plus Organizational Unit Optional Max length 64 characters Organization Optional Test Max length 64 characters Country Optional C Country code only such as TW US JP etc Key Type Ra E Key Length kas o E Note If you choose a large key length it may take a while to make the certificate file LO a gt Restarting Network Services Es uss Q Current Status Waiting for new network settings to apply The NSA Server will restart network services After services have been restarted you can begin accessing the system using the new network host settings This page will TRY to automatically redirect you to the web configurator using the new network settings when it is available If you are not redirected please do so manually by clicking the link below or typing the new host address in your browser s address bar If you continue to have problems connecting please use the N
201. gth of time that an FTP connection can be idle before timing out Enable Anonymous FTP Access Select this check box to allow any user to log into the NSA using FTP or anonymous as a username and no password Any other name is considered a username so must be valid and have a corresponding correct password Customize the port range for data transfer Select this check box to assign a port range for FTP clients to use when downloading files from the NSA using passive mode The connection limit is restricted to half of the port numbers within the range if this value is smaller than the one configured in the Connection Limit field For example you specified a port range from 1024 to 1029 and configured 10 in the Connection Limit field The FTP connection limit will only be 3 6 ports in the range divided by 2 because it is the smaller value Starting Port Enter the first port number in the range Choose from 1024 to 65535 Ending Port Enter the last port number in the range Choose from 1024 to 65535 Character Set The NSA uses UTF 8 8 bit UCS Unicode Transformation Format format for FTP by default If the NSA s folders or file names do not display correctly in your FTP client select the appropriate language encoding here This setting applies to all FTP client connections to the NSA It does not affect your Windows CIFS connections it will not correct the character display in Windows Expl
202. gured time server right away Time Zone Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Enable Daylight Saving Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The hour field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would use March Second Sunday at 2 00 Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select March Last Sunday The time you specify depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 4 System Setting Table 15 System Setting gt Date Time continued LABEL DESCRIPTION En
203. he NSA detects an error on the disk the disk s connection comes loose or the disk fails the red LED also comes on Since the green LED still stays on the color appears to be orange If the NSA is no longer able to detect a hard disk in the disk bay the green LED turns off and the LED appears as red NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your NSA 1 1 2 COPY SYNC Button Use the COPY SYNC button on the front panel to copy or synchronize files between a connected USB device and the NSA See Section 7 8 on page 164 for more details on how to configure the copy sync settings 1 1 3 RESET Button Use the RESET button on the rear panel to restore the NSA s default settings Figure 4 The RESET Button Press 1 Beep 2 Beeps 5 more seconds Release to Reset Release to IP Address Clear All Settings Password e Press the RESET button until you hear one beep after about two seconds then release it You will hear one more beep after you release the button This resets the NSA s IP address and password to the default values Press the RESET button until you hear two beeps After the second beep continue pressing the button for five more seconds then release it You will hear three quick beeps after you release the button This resets the NSA to the factory default configuration All settings you have configured on the NSA including IP address password user accounts groups and so on will be re
204. he file Download Speed This field displays how fast the NSA downloads the file Upload Speed This field displays fow fast the NSA uploads the file Health This field displays how many full copies of the file are available for this download task The NSA can download a file with a higher health value more efficiently If the health value is less than 1 0 65 for example there is no full copy of the file and the NSA may not be able to complete downloading the file Time Left This is the time remaining to complete the download task NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications Table 32 Applications gt Download Service gt Task Info LABEL DESCRIPTION Priority Use this field to set the priority for downloading the task Select Auto to have the NSA automatically determine the download task s priority Select High to have the NSA download this file before the other files Comment Enter a description for this download task Start Time This field displays when the NSA started to download files Completed on This field displays when the file was successfully downloaded to the NSA Info Hash This information is used to verify the torrent file Tracker This field displays the tracker that NSA is currently connected to A tracker is a server used for finding peers sharing the file Close Click this to close the screen
205. he following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click Close OK in Windows 2000 NT to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Close the Network Connections window Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT 11 Restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Macintosh OS X Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 102 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu we Grab File Edit Capt About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software sa System Preferences Location Click Network in the icon bar e Select Automatic from the Location list e Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list e Click the TCP IP tab For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list Figure 103 Macintosh OS X Network e Network 1 Cul Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic IB Show Built in Ethernet ima AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP rA Domain Name Servers Optional I
206. he modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above ona medium customarily used for software interchange or
207. hen the Configure button of one of your shares to open the following screen This screen displays a share s management details Figure 13 My NSA Configuration Overview ZyXEL ES Eg WD My NSA Password Administration Download Service L My NSA Neon Story a video Appliance gt Share Owner A admin Ge gt Location volumet gt Path i data md0 video Share Browsing amp Edit Share Delete Share The following table describes the labels in the this screen Table 6 My NSA Management Overview LABEL DESCRIPTION Share Owner The share belongs to and is managed by this user account The share owner controls access rights to the share Location The share is for a folder on this volume Path This is the share s file path Share Browsing Click this to see and access the share s contents Edit Share Click this to configure the share s management details Delete Share Click this to permanently remove the contents associated with this share or to disable the share so that no users can access it NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 5 4 My NSA Edit Share Screen Use this screen to configure share management details Click My NSA and a share s Configure button Then click Edit Share to open the following screen This screen displays a share s management details Figure 14 My NSA gt Edit Share Edit Share Shar
208. hen you subscribe to a feed it is added to the Common Feed List Updated information from the feed is automatically downloaded to your computer and can be viewed lorer and other programs Learn more about feeds 72 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 The following screen displays Click Subscribe Internet Explorer Subscribe to this Feed A When you subscribe to a feed it is automatically added to the Favorites Center and kept up to date Name Download Notif Create in D Feeds x Css rea Your computer will periodically check online for updates to subscribed feeds even when Internet Explorer is not running What s a feed 4 Click the Favorite icon on your browser and select the Feeds tab to check the updates of your NSA s download list Download Notify Windows Internet Explorer JE E htp 1 172 23 26 45 zyxelcg binfdinotify WV S Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help abe Download Notify fam Jr Favorites Feeds History v E C2 Microsoft Feeds BY Download Notify Firefox Example 1 After you activate download service notification click the RSS feed icon Download Service Download service allows you to download files from the Internet directly to the NSA A Enable Download Service EJ Enable Download Notify EDF 55 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 73 Chapter 3 Tutorials 2 The following screen displays Selec
209. hernet cable for Gigabit connections The port is also auto crossover MDI MDI X meaning it automatically adjusts to either a crossover or straight through Ethernet cable Actual data throughput varies depending on the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials SATA Interface Serial ATA is a low cost interface technology that allows high speed data transfer Serial ATA also allows more efficient internal airflow and also smaller chassis design RESET Button If you forget your admin password then use the RESET button to restore the factory default password to 1234 with username admin and auto IP address DHCP client NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 14 Product Specifications 14 2 Firmware Features These are some of the main firmware features of the NSA Table 71 Firmware Features DLNA Server The NSA is a DLNA compliant media server that lets DLNA compliant media clients play video audio and photo content files stored on the NSA RAID File Storage Use RAID 0 if you want pure write speed and or maximum capacity for your drives and or you have other means of protecting your data Use RAID 1 if you have two drives and want to mirror primary data to the second drive If one drive fails replace it and then re synchronize to recover all data User Passwords Configure a password
210. his own password and access the contents of other shares to which he is given access rights Group Membership Available Groups This field lists the groups created on the NSA Group Membership This field lists the groups that the selected account belongs to Add Selected Group s Select a group from the Available Groups list and click this to add the account to that group 188 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 8 Users Table 47 Users gt Add or Edit a User continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Remove Selected Select a group from the Group Membership list and click this Group s to remove the account from that group Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving 8 3 1 Usernames Enter a username from one to 32 characters The first character must be alphabetical case insensitive A Z a z numeric characters are not allowed as the first character The username can only contain the following characters e Alphanumeric A z 0 9 Unicode usernames are supported with CIFS logins but not FTP or web configurator logins e Spaces e _ underscores e periods e dashes Other limitations on usernames are All leading and trailing spaces are removed automatically Multiple spaces within names are converted to a single space e Usernames are case insensitive The username cannot be the same no
211. hysical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 331 Appendix E Open Source Licences c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to t
212. ick Administration in the My NSA screens to open the advanced administration screens The Status screen is the first advanced administration screen that displays Figure 16 Status E NSA 220 PLUS System Setting Server Name Date Time Storage Network TCP IP L PPPoE Eb Applications FTP Server j Media Server Web Publishing Broadcatching Print Server Auto Upload FTP Upload Sharing Users Groups L Shares h Maintenance Power Manage L_Log Configuration SSL LFW Upgrade Shutdown j Download ServicH Copy Sync Butto E Flickr Y ouT u ETES E nish IOIO Server Name nsa220plus Model Name NS4 220 PLUS Firmware Version V3 10 4FB 0 b1 MAC Address 00 13 49 FB 99 16 Media Server Status Enabled FTP Server Status Disabled Web Publishing Status Disabled UPS N A CPU Usage Bu 15 A CPU Temperature Gone FAN Speed 863 RPM Memory Usage Fe 7 g 26MB 123MB eee 5 t volume Status Internal Yolume status Name configuration disks Diskusage Bea E 2 20 230 48 volume a disk1 disk2 GB Used Healthy 219 83 GB Total lj 37 02 Free JBOD External Yolume status nome Filesystem Disk s DiskUsage Active Sessions 2 6 1 Global Administration Icons The icons and language label at the top right of the screen 1 are visible from most of the administration screens The following tab
213. ificates are kept Windows can automatically select a certificate store or you can specify a location For Automatically select the certificate store based on the type of certificate Place all certificates in the following store NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 7 Inthe Completing the Certificate Import Wizard screen click Finish Certificate Import Wizard Completing the Certificate Import Wizard You have successfully completed the Certificate Import wizard You have specified the following settings Certificate Store Selected Automatically determined by t Content Certificate fe cc c 8 If you are presented with another Security Warning click Yes Security Warning Ex A You are about to install a certificate From a certification authority CA claiming to represent nsa220plus Windows cannot validate that the certificate is actually From nsa220plus You should confirm its origin by contacting nsa220plus The following number will assist you in this process Thumbprint shal 5C724356 F29DC87B 3B4B60F9 9C428163 81499FD4 Warning TF you install this root certificate Windows will automatically trust any certificate issued by this CA Installing a certificate with an unconfirmed thumbprint is a security risk IF you click Yes you acknowledge this risk Do you want to install this certificate vs J w 9 Finally click OK when presented with the successful certifica
214. ified shares to your FTP server When you add new files to the specified shares the NSA also automatically uploads the new files to your FTP server Use this screen to configure the FTP Uploadr Click Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr to open the screen shown next Figure 64 Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr tz Applications Auto Upload FTP Uploadr FTP Uploadr 4 Enable FTP Uploadr cn O Z 8 amp 8 Add Preferences Edit Delete Server Server Server Selected Information Server s ftp example com 21 music user testing NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 42 Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable FTP Uploadr Use the check box to enable or disable the FTP Uploadr Click Apply to save your changes When you disable the FTP Uploadr a screen opens requesting confirmation Select the check box to stop any current or queued uploads If you do not select the check box the FTP Uploadr finishes uploading files already in the queue list Click Yes to disable the FTP Uploadr Disable FTP Uploadr RSM AK pW vr Hd _ Ew O Cancel all transmission for un transmitted or transmitting files re you sure to disable FTP Uploadr Add Server Click this to add a target FTP server entry See Sec
215. igate to the next or final log page NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens 11 3 1 Log Classes The following table shows information on log classes Table 60 Log Classes LOG CATEGORY DESCRIPTION Network This log class shows information on network configuration setting changes and so on Services This log class shows information on the operation of the NSA s built in services Shares This log class shows information on shares being created or deleted System This log class shows all other system related messages Users This log class shows information on user access to the NSA 11 4 Log Severity Levels The following table shows information on log severity levels Levels range from 0 to 6 with 0 being the most severe level log and 6 being an informational log only Log levels are not displayed in the logs and are for your reference only Table 61 Log Severity Levels LEVEL DESCRIPTION Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice OO My BR W N RH Info 11 4 1 Log Messages Here are some example log messages Table 62 Log Messages CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Auto upload INFO s is queued Auto upload INFO s uploaded Flickr or YouTube Upload Auto upload WARNING error uploading s s s NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 213 Chapter 11 Maintenance Scree
216. ile Transfer Protocol FTP is a file transfer service that operates on the Internet A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client FTP is not a secure protocol Your file transfers could be subject to snooping NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 134 Chapter 7 Applications FTPS File Transfer Protocol over TLS File Transfer Protocol over TLS FTPS is a file transfer service that uses TLS Transport Layer Security for secure transfers across the Internet Media Server The media server feature lets anyone on your network play video music and photos from the NSA without having to copy them to another computer The NSA can function as a DLNA compliant media server and or an iTunes server The NSA streams files to DLNA compliant media clients or computers using iTunes The Digital Living Network Alliance DLNA is a group of personal computer and electronics companies that works to make products compatible in a home network iTunes Server The NSA iTunes server feature lets you use Apple s iTunes software on a computer to play music and video files stored on the NSA You can download iTunes from www apple com Download Service The NSA s download service downloads files from the Internet directly to the NSA You do not have to download to your computer and then copy to the NSA This can free up your computer s system resources The NSA can download using these protocols e HTTP
217. independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is
218. ion otherwise click Cancel Add Security Exception You are about to override how Firefox identifies this site A Legitimate banks stores and other public sites will not ask you to do this Server Location https 172 23 37 52 Get Certificate Certificate Status This site attempts to identify itself with invalid information Wrong Site Certificate belongs to a different site which could indicate an identity theft Unknown Identity Certificate is not trusted because it hasn t been verified by a recognized authority Permanently store this exception Confirm Security Exception 9 The login screen displays Z AEL NSA 270 Plus Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help a https 172 23 37 52 zyxel loginwrap html eg Gr Google Back Forward Reload Stop Home ZyXEL NSA 220 PLUS welcome to NSA 220 PLUS Enter Username password and click to login Username Password a maximum of 14 alphanumeric printable characters no single and double quotes Note Please turn on the Javascript and ActiveX control setting on Internet Explorer NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 97 Chapter 3 Tutorials Now anyone who connects to the NSA s Web Configurator screens will automatically do so by HTTPs Use a secure method to let your users know the correct fingerprint for the NSA s certificate so they can check it before adding a security
219. ions of the license from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number Once covered code has been published under a particular version of the license you may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such covered code under the terms of any subsequent version of the license published by the PHP Group No one other than the PHP Group has the right to modify the terms applicable to covered code created under this License 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes PHP freely available from lt http www php net gt THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PHP DEVELOPMENT TEAM AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PHP DEVELOPMENT TEAM OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This software consists of voluntary contributions m
220. irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 325 Appendix E Open Source Licences readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 5 program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivat
221. is software What s the risk 3 Refer to steps 4 12 in the Internet Explorer procedure beginning on page 286 to complete the installation process NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Removing a Certificate in Internet Explorer This section shows you how to remove a public key certificate in Internet Explorer 7 1 Open Internet Explorer and click Tools gt Internet Options Figure 137 Internet Explorer 7 Tools Menu ER deh E Page Delete Browsing History Pop up Blocker Phishing Filter Manage Add ons Work Offline Windows Update Full Screen Menu Bar Toolbars Windows Messenger Diagnose Connection Problems Sun Java Console Internet Options 2 Inthe Internet Options dialog box click Content gt Certificates Figure 138 Internet Explorer 7 Internet Options Internet Options General Security Priva bnnections Programs Advanced Content Advisor Ratings help you control the Internet content that can be viewed on this computer Certificates 11 Use certificates for encrypted connections and identification q Clear SSL state Certificates AutoComplete AutoComplete stores previous entries on webpages and suggests matches for you Feeds provide updated content from websites that can be read in Internet Explorer and other programs NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 In the Certificates dialog box click
222. is to add the specified share or folder to the Folder Watch List Grace Period Setting NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 177 Chapter 7 Applications Table 41 Applications gt Auto Upload gt Config YouTube continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Grace Period N Specify how long the NSA should wait when you add a new file for minutes auto upload For example if you set the grace period to 5 minutes the NSA uploads a new file after it has been in a watched folder for 5 minutes You can choose from a range of 1 to 10080 minutes up to one week Default Video Select the category that best describes the media files you want to Category upload Default Privacy Setting Who can see your Determine who has the right to see files uploaded to your YouTube media files on account YouTube i Select Only You if you do not want anyone else to see your files Select Anyone to allow everyone to see your files Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously stored settings 7 10 The FTP Uploadr Screen The FTP Uploadr feature uploads files stored in the NSA to FTP servers Besides web publishing and media server auto upload is another convenient way to share media files with your friends and family You can link the NSA to your FTP server or the FTP server on another NSA and select shares or folders for the NSA to upload The NSA uploads the files stored in the spec
223. is when editing a share Make this share Select the administrator or user account that is to own manage this owned by share The share owner controls access rights to the share Enable this Click this to allow access to this share share Enable Recycle Bin Click this to activate the recycle bin When you delete a file from this share a recycle folder is created to store the deleted item Publish this share to Media Server Select this option to have the NSA share files in this folder with media clients The media clients do not have to use a password to play the shares you publish Publish this share to Web Select this option to let people use a web browser to access this share s files without logging into the My NSA screens NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 10 Shares Table 52 Shares gt Add Share or Edit Share continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Share Access Assign access rights full read only or deny to users If you publish the share to the media server or the web all users will have at least read only access to the share regardless of what you configure here Keep it private to owner means only the share owner selected above can access the share Make it Public means every user including people who do not have accounts on the NSA can access the share Advanced allows you to assign specific access rights full read only or deny to individual users groups
224. iscover the NSA To avoid a port conflict do not run the Memeo Autobackup program at the same time as the NDU NSA 220 Plus User s Guide PART V FAIRE Troubleshooting 13 1 Troubleshooting Overview This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories Power Hardware Connections and LEDs NSA Login and Access Reset the NSA I Cannot Access The NSA External USB Drives Media Server Functions Download Service and Broadcatching Functions Web Publishing Auto Upload 13 2 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs The NSA PWR LED does not turn on no LEDs are on Make sure the NSA is turned on Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the NSA Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the NSA and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on Turn the NSA off and on If the problem continues contact the vendor NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 231 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting An HDD LED is off The HDD LED is off when the NSA cannot detect a hard drive in the drive bay Replace or install a hard drive See Installing or replacing a hard drive An HDD LED is orange Orange means that the NSA detected an error on the hard drive like a bad sector for example The NSA automatically tries to recover a bad sector but the LED
225. ive of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessories and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under
226. l The root certificate from 172 20 37 202 is not known to Opera Opera cannot decide if this certificate can be trusted NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 The next time you visit the web site click the padlock in the address bar to open the Security information window to view the web page s security details Figure 153 Opera 9 Security information The connection to 172 20 37 202 is secure Certificate summary Holder 172 20 37 202 ZyXEL Issuer 172 20 37 202 ZyXEL Expires 05 21 2011 Encryption protocol TLS v1 0 256 bit AES 1024 bit DHE_RSA SHA NSA 2401 Users Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Installing a Stand Alone Certificate File in Opera Rather than browsing to a ZyXEL Web Configurator and installing a public key certificate when prompted you can install a stand alone certificate file if one has been issued to you 1 Open Opera and click Tools gt Preferences Figure 154 Opera 9 Tools Menu Mail and chat accounts Delete private data Notes Ctrl Alt Transfers Ctri Alt T History Ctrl Alt H Links Ctrl Alt Advanced gt Quick preferences F12 gt Appearance Shift F 12 Preferences N Ctrl 12 NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 2 In Preferences click Advanced gt Security gt Manage certificates Figure 155 Opera 9 Preferences Preferences Choose a master password to protect personal
227. le describes the global icons and labels Table 9 Global Labels and Icons LABEL ICON DESCRIPTION Language Select the web configurator language from the drop down list box Help Click this to open a web help page specific to the screen you are currently configuring NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 9 Global Labels and Icons LABEL ICON DESCRIPTION About Click this to view the model name firmware version and copyright g Home Click this to return to the user level screens Logout Click this at any time to exit the web configurator This is the same as clicking the Logout link at the bottom of the Navigation panel 2 6 2 Navigation Panel The navigation panel on the left of the screen 2M contains screen links Click a link to display sub links There are no sub links for the Status screen Certain screens also contain hyper links that allow you to jump to another screen The following screen shows the features listed in the navigation panel Figure 17 Navigation Panel Links Gt EL NSA 220 PLUS System Setting Server Name Date Time Storage Eh Network TCP IP L PPPoE Eh Applications FTP Server Media Server Download Service Web Publishing Broadcatching Print Server Copy Sync Button Eb Auto Upload Flickr YouT ube FTP Uploadr EE Sharing Users Gr
228. led and enabled in your network connection s properties e In Windows XP or 2000 click Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Network Connections Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT gt Local Area Connection gt Properties e Check that Client for Microsoft Networks is in the list of components and has its check box selected 13 5 External USB Drives My external USB drive is read only If your USB drive was formatted as NTFS then it is read only on the NSA the volume status displays as OK To solve this problem re format your USB drive using the NSA or FAT or FAT32 using a computer See Chapter 5 on page 111 for information on volume creation using the NSA recommended Back up the files on your computer before you format the USB drive NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting The COPY LED is red Copying files from a USB device failed The USB device may not be compatible with the NSA Try save the files onto a computer and then from the computer to the NSA through the network connection 13 6 Some Features Screens Do Not Display Many NSA features require a valid internal volume Features like the print server download service broadcatching FTP and Windows CIFS access will not work without a valid internal volume Make sure you have a volume on an internal disk and that the volume is in the healthy state e Install an internal disk if one i
229. les from the NSA to your USB device Create a New Select this option to place the copied files in a new folder Folder for Copied oo Files The name of the folder created for the copied files consists of the date and time of the copy in year_month_day_hour_minute_second format Backup Files to be This option is only available if you do not select Create a New Replaced Folder for Copied Files Select this option to save the files that will be replaced by the source files NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 1 67 Chapter 7 Applications Table 38 Applications gt Copy Sync Button LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Target Select a share in which to save the backup files Note The NSA will not create a new folder to store the backup files It is recommended to create a specific share such as backup for backup purposes Apply Click this to save your changes The configuration file is saved on the USB device Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings Sync Settings Sync Target Select the NSA share to use with the synchronization function USB Volume If your USB device has multiple partitions select which partition to use with the synchronization function Sync Direction Select USB gt NSA to synchronize files from your USB device to the NSA Select NSA gt USB to synchronize files from the NSA to your USB device Select NSA lt gt USB to synchro
230. lobal icons and tabs in the user level screens Table 2 User level Global Labels and Icons LABEL ICON DESCRIPTION Language Select the web configurator language from the drop down list box Help Click this to open a web help page specific to the screen you are currently configuring Logout Click this at any time to exit the web configurator My NSA Click this to go to screens where you can manage your shares and access the files on public shares The administrator must go into the administration screens to manage other user s shares Password Click this to go to a screen where you can change your password NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 2 User level Global Labels and Icons LABEL ICON DESCRIPTION Administration This tab displays when you log in as the administrator Click this to go to screens where you can manage advanced configurations Download This tab displays when you log in as the administrator Click this to go Service to screens where you can have the NSA handle file downloads See Section 7 4 1 on page 138 for more information 2 5 My NSA Screens Use the My NSA screens to manage your shares and access the files in folders to which you have access A share is a set of user access permissions for a specific folder on a volume gives someone access to a folder It is equivalent to the Windows concept of a shared folder
231. loper Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 Disclaimer of warranty Covered code is provided under this license on an as is basis without warranty of any kind either expressed or implied including without limitation warranties that the covered code is free of defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences or non infringing The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the covered code is with you Should any covered code prove defective in any respect you not the initial developer or any other contributor assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this license No use of any covered code is authorized hereunder except under this disclaimer 8 Termination 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement claim excluding declaratory jud
232. may obtain a copy of the License at http www mozilla org MPL Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the License The Original Code is The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Portions created by are Copyright C All Rights Reserved Contributor s Alternatively the contents of this file may be used under the terms of the license the ___ License in which case the provisions of License are applicable instead of those above If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only under the terms of the License and not to allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice and other provisions required by the ____ License If you do not delete the provisions above a recipient may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the ____ License NOTE The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code You should use the text of this Exhibit NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications This Product includes expiate and krb
233. me Hold your cursor over the name to display the full name Complete This is the percentage of the file that the NSA has downloaded Location This appears in the Completed tab It displays the path for where the file is saved Click on the location link to open the share browser and access the file Seeds Seeds apply to BitTorrent downloads This is the number of computers that are sharing the complete file that you are downloading Peers Peers apply to BitTorrent downloads This is the number of other computers that are also downloading and sharing the file you are downloading Download This is how fast the NSA is getting the file Speed It is normal for a BitTorrent download to start out with a slow download speed since it has to set up numerous connections The speed should increase as the download progresses and decrease near the end of the download Upload Speed This is how fast the NSA is sending the file to other BitTorrent users Time Left This is how much longer in hours minutes and seconds it should take to finish the download at the current download speed Priority This is the download s priority on the NSA You can set a currently downloading or queued download to high or automatic priority You can set a download to high priority to have the NSA try to download it before the other files However the actual download speed depends more on factors like the speed of you Internet
234. n of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file 7 Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License 8 Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages 9 Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choo
235. n t be more than 2G esi Kee NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 10 Shares Table 55 Sharing gt Shares gt Share Browser continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Rename Select a folder or file and click this to open a screen Enter the name you want and click OK to make the changes Note When you change a file name make sure you keep the file extention Rename File Name 070804102639741 jpg En ee Delete Select a file from the list and click this to open a warning screen Click Yes to delete the file or click No to close the screen Delete all content associated with these folders and files Do you wish to proceed Move Select a file from the list and click this to relocate the file to another share Copy Select a file from the list and click this to make a duplicate of the file to another share Current This is the name of the share and folder path that you are in location Type The icon in this column identifies the entry as a folder or a file The folder with an arrow pointing up is for the link that takes you to the next higher layer in the share s folder tree Name This section lists the volume s existing folders Select the one for which you want to create a share click to the right of the folder name to select You can also click the folder s name to navigate to a sub folder within the folder Size This field displa
236. n the absence of Modifications made by that Contributor 3 Distribution Obligations 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted Electronic Distribution NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an Executable version available and if made available via Electronic Distribution Mechanism must remain available for at least twelve 12 months after the date it initially became available or at least six 6 months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification has been made available to su
237. nal hard drives or external USB devices that you can access but not manage 2 5 1 My NSA Share Browsing Screen Click My NSA and then click a share to open the following screen Use the My NSA share browsing screens to see and access share contents MP3 files Click a folder s name to go into the folder Click a file s name to be able to save the file to your computer Click the play icon to play the file At the time of writing this is supported for Click to the right of a file or folder name to select it Use the SHIFT key to select a range of entries Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual entries NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Figure 11 My NSA Share Browsing Share Browsing Create Folder Upload T amp am oD Rename Delete Move Copy Current Location photo Lo wallpaper C2 2006 07 30_16 00 10 g 070804102634654 jpg 132 74 KB g 070804102644638 jpg 113 22 KB g NTR_ChildMana_char01 jpg 285 01 KB E NTR_ChildMana_char02 jpg 337 66 KB g NTR_ChildMana_char03 jpg 494 30 KB OSE e E Modified pate 2008 07 21 16 56 01 2008 07 30 16 00 11 2008 07 21 16 39 29 o 070804102639741jpa 87 37 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 30 2008 07 21 16 39 32 2008 07 21 16 36 51 2008 07 21 16 36 53 2008 07 21 16 36 55 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 4 My NSA Share Browsing LABEL DESCRIPTION
238. ncluded without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences 2 You may modify your
239. ncorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed 4 Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works hereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions a You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and b You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and c You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and d If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever
240. nd the NSA Ping the NSA from your computer Make sure your computer s Ethernet adapter is installed and functioning properly In a Windows computer click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt In the Command Prompt window type ping followed by the NSA s IP address use the NDU to find the NSA s IP address if you don t know it and then press ENTER Make sure you are using Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Firefox 1 07 and later Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Appendix B on page 271 With Internet Explorer 6 you may also have to enable scripting of safe ActiveX controls See Section 13 3 2 on page 235 Reset the NSA If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator use the RESET button at the rear of the NSA When you use the following reset procedure the system name and admin password are returned to the factory defaults You may need to close and re open the NDU to discover the NSA This is because the NSA automatically re acquires IP address information so its IP address may change since If no IP address information is assigned the NSA uses Auto IP to assign itself an IP address and subnet mask For example you could connect the NSA directly to your computer If the computer is also set to get an IP address NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting automatically the comp
241. ndow The main window 8 shows the screen you select in the navigation panel It is discussed in the rest of this document The Status screen is the first administration screen to display See Section 2 7 on page 46 for more information about the Status screen 2 6 4 Status Messages The message text box at the bottom of the screen 4 displays status messages as you configure the NSA 2 6 5 Common Screen Icons The following table explains some icons that appear in several configuration screens Table 11 Common Configuration Screen Icons ICON DESCRIPTION g Edit Click this to go to a screen where you can change the configuration settings of an entry Delete Click this to delete an entry from the list Edit Click this to jump to related item s configuration screen D Sla Refresh Click this to refresh the data for the field or value with which it is associated NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 11 Common Configuration Screen Icons continued ICON DESCRIPTION S User See the chapter on user accounts for detailed information on variants of this icon Share See the chapter on shares for detailed information on variants of this icon Healthy This represents a healthy volume Degraded This represents a degraded RAID 1 volume Replace the faulty disk If the replacement disk does no
242. ndow not all browsers show the padlock in the same location In this appendix you can import a public key certificate for e Internet Explorer on page 286 e Firefox on page 296 e Opera on page 302 e Konqueror on page 310 NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Internet Explorer The following example uses Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 on Windows XP Professional however they can also apply to Internet Explorer on Windows Vista 1 If your device s Web Configurator is set to use SSL certification then the first time you browse to it you are presented with a certification error Figure 123 Internet Explorer 7 Certification Error We 47 certificate Error Navigation Blocked x There is a problem with this website s security certificate The security certificate presented by this website was not issued by a trusted certificate authority The security certificate presented by this website was issued for a different website s address Security certificate problems may indicate an attempt to fool you or intercept any data you send to the server We recommend that you close this webpage and do not continue to this website Click here to close this webpage Continue to this website not recommended More information 2 Click Continue to this website not recommended Figure 124 Internet Explorer 7 Certification Error Continue to this website not recommended
243. ne ieaaweiessonnaiots teacaaossstianaabestaaanabod stianaweaanaunndeamedaar iene 164 FA ET iil alge DEA FE CP ree terrier tr err eet Tre et err etre r rT rrr err tree et er ere rt ee 165 1 6 Configuring the Copy Syne Button Screg jicscccsseesscacssnncadecossnnnsdcecsaceasceeasieaceasnniies 167 7 9 The PUCK YOUTUBE SOISBN scccisssscccccrccaserscnssesnccchesdsccasbiseescetuchdanes sane E at nttidansssun 169 T 9 1 Configuring the Flickr DOMINOS usine meute deu nkenda renada 170 F e Configuring the YouTube SOURS SRE Re iin n ennenrineteiniaiae 175 Pole Tho FTF Upload Ch aai eee ores asses at Laue Aa EA aa EAA A 178 7 10 1 Adding or Editing an FTP Server Entry seccceiussssacns cis ssacmaseessstanadedsasiaaeetekssanmed ete snainas 180 7 102 The FTP Uploadr Preferences SCT BN aiciscasieucscccicivieccuckiaivescostigusecavezinuycrastecaueasesia 181 oe E E E T 183 Chapter 8 USES nicioinnonae en OA E 185 I OVEN ON oT T AANE 185 8 1 1 What You Can Do in the Users Screen esseeessreseeerrresrrrrnsssesrneeerrnnneseennnearinnnnnenea 185 8 2 the Users GOGON ciccaiissackacauvsccecaaueyeaceauvvsteeaeanessternaateas teens E E R E ads ttet 186 Bal USOT TOONE hante manne on aan nee 187 0 3 Adding or Editing an ACCOUNT vayercsnenian nhin N AS 188 Bio USemameS sics ana R A aa 189 o4 Displayng User IMO a AS AR ui sue dou 190 Chapter 9 COURS shine hs Rent St nes a Rs ESA St ns est et te talent 191 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Table of Conten
244. ng from such party s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to you 10 U S government end users The Covered Code is a commercial item as that term is defined in 48 C F R 2 101 Oct 1995 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Sept 1995 Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 June 1995 all U S Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those rights set forth herein 11 Miscellaneous This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject matter hereof If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable This License shall be governed by California law provisions except to the extent applicable law if any provides otherwise excluding its conflict of law provisions With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United States of America any litigation relating to this License shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern District of California with venue lying in Santa Clara County Calif
245. nic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimers ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Do not use the NSA for illegal purposes Illegal downloading or sharing of files can result in severe civil and criminal penalties You are subject to the restrictions of copyright laws and any other applicable laws and will bear the consequences of any infringements thereof ZyXEL bears NO responsibility or liability for your use of the download service feature Make sure all data and programs on the NSA are also stored elsewhere ZyXEL is not responsible for any loss of or damage to any data programs or storage media resulting from the use misuse or disuse of this or any other ZyXEL product Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 355 Appendix F Legal Information
246. nize files in both directions simultaneously Backup Files to be Replaced or Removed Select this option to save the files that will be replaced by the source files Backup Target Select a share in which to save the backup files Note The NSA will not create a new folder to store the backup files It is recommended to create a specific share such as backup for backup purposes Apply Click this to save your changes The configuration file is saved on the USB device Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 9 The Flickr YouTube Screen The auto upload feature uploads media files stored in the NSA to the Flickr and or YouTube sharing websites Besides web publishing and media server auto upload is another convenient way to share media files with your friends and family You can link the NSA to your Flickr and or YouTube account and select shares for the NSA to upload The NSA uploads the media files stored in the specified shares to your Flickr and or YouTube account When you add new files to the specified shares the NSA also automatically uploads the new files to your Flickr and or YouTube account Click Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube to open the following screen Figure 56 Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube Auto Upload 2 i Disable Pause Config E oe TN ns Seema cS
247. nk D 5 You need to restart Firefox after the installation ioix t 4 0 GetAdd ons Extensions Themes Plugins Installation Restart Firefox to complete your changes Restart Firefox c Sr Link Capture 0 1 Restart to complete the installation NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 6 When Firefox restarts a message displays to show the installation succeeded The plugin is installed as an extension in Add ons Click Options to configure the NSA s web address gt Add ons GetAdd ons Extensions Themes Plugins 1 new add on has been installed Link Capture 0 1 ntext menu item to automatically send URLs to the Download Uninstal Eind Updates Enter the NSA s web address nsa220plus by default and click OK NSA Domain Name IP Address nsa220plus Cancel NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 3 3 Using the Link Capture Browser Plugin Once you install the plugin you may begin sending download links to the NSA from your web browser This example shows how to send a download link to the NSA s download service using the link capture browser plugin 1 Open your Internet browser this example uses Firefox 2 Find a download link for the file you want In this example www zyxel com has a Download Now link for downloading a user s guide for ZyXEL s P 660W T1 an ADSL router Do
248. ns Table 62 Log Messages continued CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Auto upload INFO s will not be uploaded to s for there is already a FTP duplicate file uploadr Auto upload INFO Failed to upload s to s FTP Upload s FTP uploadr Auto upload INFO Successfully upload s to s FTP Upload FTP uploadr Copy Sync ERROR USB s Backup Folder Does Not Exist Button Copy Sync ERROR USB s Target Folder Does Not Exist Button Copy Sync ERROR USB Sync Failed at s It is a Folder in Internal Volume Button But It is not a Folder in USB Copy Sync ERROR USB Sync Failed at s It is a Folder in USB But It is not Button a Folder in Internal Volume Copy Sync ERROR USB Sync Failed at File s Button Copy Sync ERROR USB Sync Sync Failed at Folder s Button Copy Sync ERROR Modify COPY SYNC Button Configuration s Button Copy Sync ERROR Please Change Your Folder Name Invalid Path s Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Copying s from Internal Volume to Backup Button Folder Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Copying s from Internal Volume to USB Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Copying s from USB to Backup Folder Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Copying s from USB to Internal Volume Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Deleting s from Internal Volume Button Copy Sync INFO USB Sync Deleting s from USB Button Copy Sync INFO USB
249. nutes Bandwidth Limit Max upload rate ED O No Limit PAP Ose Now Amy has set up FTP Uploadr to send files to Susan s NSA Everytime Amy adds new files or renames files in the video share these new or modified files will be uploaded automatically to the Amy share on Susan s NSA Similarly Susan can go through the steps described above to configure FTP Uploadr on her NSA Once Susan completes the setup Amy can also receive files from Susan s NSA Amy s NSA Susan s NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 8 Web Configurator s Security Sessions These tutorials show you how to configure security for the NSA s Web Configurator sessions You will customize the NSA s self signed SSL certificate and distribute it to your users 3 8 1 Customizing the NSA s Certificate 1 Click Maintenance gt SSL and then select Edit a self signed CA certificate and click Edit Force HTTPS TLS SSL Connections A Caution Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services _ Force HTTPs Install System Default CA This action will install the system default CA in the trusted CA list of your browser Step1 Download the default CA file Bees ER Step2 Double click on the CA file to install it into your browser Modify the Existing Certificate A Caution Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services Edit a self si
250. o the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 333 Appendix E Open Source Licences application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Softwa
251. o the previous screen without saving 7 4 4 Link Capture Browser Plugin The link capture browser plugin is an add on feature for your web browser Use the plugin to directly add a file s URL to the NSA s download service Note The link capture browser plugin is located in the included CD The following screen displays how the plugin works Figure 34 Link Capture Browser Plugin Rihanna best hits Take a bow Please dont stop the music and more Download this torrent a uco tho mannct link pen Link in New window Open Link in New Tab rihanna best hits rar torrent To start this P2P download you have Bookmark This Link Save Link As Find Torre Send Link Torrent browser Category Music gt Other ratio EN 43 seeds 15 leechers Total size 77 86 megabyte updated 6 minutes ago Added 21 hours ago by cooluploads Downloads 459 Alternative download This download might also be available on Usenet Click here to download the UseNexT client Or search for similar torrents Instead of copying and pasting a file s URL to the NSA s download service you can right click on the URL in the web browser and select Send to NSA The URL is then added to the NSA s download service list See Section 3 3 2 on page 62 and Section 3 3 3 on page 67 for tutorials about installing and using the link capture browser plugin Note At the time of writing the plugin supports Internet Explore
252. oads See Section 7 6 on page 158 for information on broadcatching The NSA can download using these protocols e HTTP The standard protocol for web pages e FTP A standard Internet file transfer service e BitTorrent A popular distributed peer to peer files sharing protocol Note Do not use the NSA for illegal purposes Illegal downloading or sharing of files can result in severe civil and criminal penalties You are subject to the restrictions of copyright laws and any other applicable laws and will bear the consequences of any infringements thereof ZyXEL bears NO responsibility or liability for your use of the download service feature Torrent Files The NSA needs a torrent file for BitTorrent to download a file The torrent file gives the NSA information about the file to be downloaded and shared and the tracker s computers that coordinates the distribution of the file When you add a BitTorrent download task in the NSA s web configurator screens you can copy and paste the URL of the torrent file The NSA automatically downloads the torrent file and saves it in a torrent folder within the folder where the NSA stores downloaded files the admin share s download folder by default If you already have the torrent file saved on your computer you can just specify its location when adding a download task through the web configurator Another method is to use FTP or a CIFS program Windows Explorer for example to copy
253. oes not exist then it appears be in red Browse Click this to locate a previously saved configuration file Restore Click this to load the previously saved configuration file to the NSA This replaces your current NSA configuration settings with the settings in the previously saved configuration file pop up screen appears asking you to confirm Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit 11 6 SSL Click Maintenance gt SSL to open this screen where you can turn on HTTPS create a public key certificate or upload a public key certificate that was issued by a known certificate authority Figure 82 Maintenance gt SSL A Caution Force HTTPs Install System Default CA A Caution rede Owna Force HTTPS TLS SSL Connections Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services This action will install the system default CA in the trusted CA list of your browser Stepi Download the default CA file Downoad Step2 Double click on the CA file to install it into your browser Modify the Existing Certificate Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services Edit a self signed CA certificate Step1 Edit the Self signed Certificate Step2 Download the self signed CA file Step3 Double click on the CA file to install it into your browser O create a Certificate To Be Authorized By My Own Certificate Authority
254. ol NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix C Common Services Table 77 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling GRE Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remo
255. ol Panel Network Connections Properties Ss Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q sax Q x JO search gt Folders Er Address Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks ocal Area Connection fl Create a new nabled connection a A standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte office network Disable Disable this network sient device Repair amp Repair this connection Set up a home or small Bridge Connections mj Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this Rename connection Create Shortcut 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and then click Properties Figure 98 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties 4 Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using E9 Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethemet Adapter This connection uses the following items v E Client for Microsoft Networks Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up
256. olume or can be made to span across several disks into a single larger volume It does not provide any fault tolerance or performance benefits C RAIDO Feco a Provides data striping spreading out blocks of each file across multiple disk drives but no redundancy This improves performance but does not deliver fault tolerance If one drive fails then all data in the array is lost reco B 27 C RAID1 Peco Provides disk mirroring Level 1 provides twice the read transaction rate of single disks and the same write transaction rate as single disks NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 17 Storage gt Create an Internal Volume Volume Name Type a volume name from 1 to 31 characters To avoid confusion it is highly recommended that each volume use a unique name Acceptable characters are all alphanumeric characters _ underscores and periods spaces The first character must be alphanumeric A Z 0 9 The last character cannot be a space For an external volume type a volume name from 1 to 32 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters The name cannot be the same as another existing external volume JBOD Use this if you want maximum storage capacity and or you have other means of protecting your data JBOD is the only option if you only have one disk installed With
257. one you can then simply copy and paste or drag and drop files from to your local computer s drives to or from this network folder Just like the NSA s share was another folder on your computer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help a Plea Address I Folders ic Desktop Ej 4 My Computer E Se ZyXEL_XP C H Se ZyDATA D Gee ZyXEL_Vista Es 3S DVD Drive F Se jasmine G 4 Jimmy on NSA 220 PLUS Nsa220plus 1 zytw on zyxel com L temp on zyxel com zytw T E e TW archive on tw1477 testpc H A TWwBackup on tw1477 testpc Z m gt Control Panel Now that Bob has mapped Jimmy s share to Jimmy s computer he can go through the steps again to map Kevin s share to Kevin s computer You can also use FTP to access the NSA Suppose Jimmy is temporarily using a different computer and wants to access his share without mapping it to the computer This is how he would do it Open the FTP client Windows Explorer is used here and type ftp username server where username is the account s username and server is the NSA s IP address or server name File Edit View Favorites Tools Help 2 P e m Address Ftp Jimmy nsa220plus Folders iG Desktop E B My Documents E My Computer NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 2 Enter your password and click Login Log On As a Co
258. onfiguration files and set your computer IP address 1 Assuming that you have only one network card on the computer locate the ifconfig eth0 configuration file where eth0 is the name of the Ethernet card Open the configuration file with any plain text editor e If you have a dynamic IP address enter dhep in the BOOTPROTO field The following figure shows an example Figure 108 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO EVICE eth0 NBOOT yes OOT PROTO dhcp SERCTL no EERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet vGWOU NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 267 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address e If you have a static IP address enter static in the BooTPROTO field Type IPADDR followed by the IP address in dotted decimal notation and type NETMASK followed by the subnet mask The following example shows an example where the static IP address is 192 168 1 10 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 Figure 109 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO DEVICE eth0 ONBOOT yes BOOTPROTO static IPADDR 192 168 1 10 NETMASK 255 255 255 0 USERCTL no PEERDNS yes TY PE Ethernet 2 If you know your DNS server IP address es enter the DNS server information in the resolv conf file in the etc directory The following figure shows an example where two DNS server IP addresses are specified Figure 110 Red Hat 9 0
259. onsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that re distributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICA
260. onspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of their Contribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution i
261. ontributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the software development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifications 1 10 Original Code means Source Co
262. oose a static DNS server address Type the DNS server IP address es into the fields below Primary DNS Type a primary DNS server IP address Server Secondary Type a secondary DNS server IP address DNS Server HTTP Web Configurator Enable Another Web Configuration Port Select this to configure an additional HTTP port for accessing the web configurator Specify a number in the Port Number field Jumbo Frames Jumbo frames improve network performance You must have a 1 Gbps Gigabit Ethernet network that supports jumbo frames Select the largest size of frame that all of your network devices including computer Ethernet cards and switches hubs or routers support Note If you enable jumbo frames on the NSA in a network that does not support them you will lose access to the NSA If this occurs you will have to restore the factory default configuration Push the RESET button on the NSA s rear panel and release it after you hear a beep Network Diagnostic Tool Use this section to test the network connection to a particular IP address or domain name Select an address or type it into the field Then click Ping to have the NSA send a packet to test the network connection If the NSA is able to ping the host the network connection is OK Apply Click this to save your TCP IP configurations After you click Apply the NSA restarts Wait until you see the Login screen or until the NSA fully boots an
263. or more on the media server Figure 46 Applications gt Broadcatching 22 Applications Broadcatching Pr 8 2 amp Add Delete Channel Broadcatching Channel ee D a Completed Q Seeding J Downloading Q Queued G Paused Q Error G Missing File Start downloading if Delete Item ESS Descriotion Actions o Refresh Edit Channel Channel 2008 09 26 Chaos erupted today in the negotiations 06 59 over the proposed financial bailout as lawmakers bickered ov More Bailout deal Not eee The Pakistani military fired warning shots par A ae at two helicopters that crossed fram Ww Afghanistan into Pak More 2008 09 26 The financial crisis on Wall Street is CNN readers Bring 04 26 casting a huge shadow over the inf presidential race with th More U S Pakistan exc 2008 09 26 Opening arguments are set for Thursday Senator didn t kno 04 04 in the corruption case against U S Sen mi g Ted Stevens of Alask More Loans becoming out 2008 09 26 Interest rate spreads Libor The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 34 Applications gt Broadcatching LABEL DESCRIPTION Add Channel When you find a channel to subscribe to copy the URL of the channel s feed and click this button A screen opens for you to subscribe to the feed When you are done the feed s channel and contents display in
264. or more recipients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear than any such warranty support indemnity or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You offer 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the requirements of Sections 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 and 3 5 have been met for that Covered Code and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of Section 3 2 The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in an Executable version related documentation or collateral in which You describe recipients rights relating to the Covered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the
265. ord is 1234 These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on e Turn the NSA off and on e If this does not work see Section 13 3 1 on page 234 to reset the device cannot see the multi language web configurator screens while using Internet Explorer Use Section 13 3 2 on page 235 to enable the scripting of safe ActiveX controls NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 237 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 13 4 Cannot Access The NSA cannot access a share Check that the NSA is turned on and connected to the network Try to ping the NSA or use the NDU to discover it Check that you entered your login name and password correctly Check that the share exists and check its access settings Check if the shared folder is a subfolder of another parent share Check that the parent share s access rights do not conflict with the subfolder share It is recommended that you do not create subfolder shares Check if there are any existing mapped network drives to the NSA You may need to disconnect existing mapped network drives as a new mapped network drive connection may use different previously saved login information To do this open Windows Explorer and click Tools gt Disconnect Mapped Network Drives Check that the volume in which the share resides exists and is not down or degraded If it is down or degraded see Section 13 2 on page 231 Make sure you have the client for Microsoft networks instal
266. orer Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 3 The Media Server Screen The Media Server screen allows you to share files with media clients 7 3 1 Sharing Media Files on Your Network The media server feature lets anyone on your network play video music and photos from the NSA without having to copy them to another computer The NSA can function as a DLNA compliant media server and or an iTunes server The NSA streams files to DLNA compliant media clients or computers using iTunes The Digital Living Network Alliance DLNA is a group of personal computer and electronics companies that works to make products compatible in a home network e Publish shares to let others play the contained media files e The media server is a convenient way to share files you download using the broadcatching service see Section 7 6 on page 158 e Hardware based media clients like the DMA 1000 can also play the files See Section 14 4 on page 250 for the supported multimedia file formats Note Anyone on your network can play the media files in the published shares No user name and password or other form of security is used The media server is enabled by default with the video photo and music shares published Songs and Videos from the iTunes Store After using iTunes on your computer to download
267. ornia with the losing party responsible for costs including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this License NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences 12 Responsibility for claims As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is responsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to distribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability 13 Multiple licensed code Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as Multiple Licensed Multiple Licensed means that the Initial Developer permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under Your choice of the MPL or the alternative licenses if any specified by the Initial Developer in the file described in Exhibit A Exhibit A Mozilla Public License The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You
268. ose Photo Screenshot or Other Other types may include illustration art animation and etc Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to begin restore your previously saved settings NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 9 2 Configuring the YouTube Settings In the Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube screen select YouTube from the list and then click the Config button Note Your YouTube account must be associated with a Google account Get a Google account and use it to log into YouTube You can then merge the existing YouTube account to your Google account If you have not authorized a YouTube account on the NSA the following screen displays Enter your Google e mail address and password in the fields and click OK to authorize the service Figure 62 YouTube Account Settings Email Password Note YouTube Account Settings EE D To use this feature you must use a Google account that is linked to your YouTube account Please create a Google account if you do not have one Login to YouTube using your Google account and then link your existing YouTube account or create a new YouTube account NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 175 Chapter 7 Applications Once the NSA is associated with your YouTube account you can configure auto upload settings in the following screen Figure 63 Applications gt Auto Upload gt
269. other distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence This Product include mod_ssl software under BSD license Copyright c dates as appropriate to package NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the University nor of the Laboratory may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSE
270. otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 50 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 2 Source Code License 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license subject to third party intellectual property claims under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and under Patents Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Original Code to make have made use practice sell and offer for sale and or otherwise dispose of the Original Code or portions thereof the licenses granted in this Section 2 1 a and b are effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes Original Code under the terms of this License Notwithstanding Section 2 1 b above no patent license is granted 1 for code that You delete from the Original Code 2 separate from the Original Code or 3 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences for infringements caused by i the modification of the Original Code or ii the combination of the Original Code with other software or devices 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants
271. oups Shares Eb Maintenance Power Managemen Log Configuration SSL FW Upgrade Shutdown Logout NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics The following table describes the navigation panel screens Table 10 Screens Summary LINK SCREEN FUNCTION Status This screen shows system information the status of the volumes and the users who are currently using the NSA System Server Name Specify the NSA s server name and workgroup name Setting Date amp Time Chose a time zone and or allow the NSA to synchronize with a time server Storage View volume and disk information and create and edit volumes A volume is a storage area that can span one or more internal disks or a single external USB disk Network TCP IP Assign the NSA a dynamic or static IP address and DNS information PPPoE Configure PPPoE settings for a direct Internet connection Applications FTP Enable FTP file transfer to from the NSA set the number of FTP connections allowed an FTP idle timeout and the character set Media Server Enable or disable the sharing of media files and select which shares to share Download Have the NSA handle large file downloads Service Web Publishing Let people use a web browser to access files in shares without logging into the My NSA screens Broadcatching Subscribe the NSA to feeds to download frequ
272. our own risk and discretion http www zencast com http www miroguide com http www vuze com http www mefeedia com http www vodstock com NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 7 The Print Server Screen Use the Print Server screen to view and manage the NSA S list of printers and print jobs 7 7 1 Printer Sharing The NSA can act as a print server A print server lets multiple computers share a printer Connect a printer to the NSA s USB port to let multiple computers on your network use it See www zyxel com for a list of compatible printers Figure 49 Printer Sharing 7 7 2 Configuring the Print Server Screen Click Applications gt Print Server to open the following screen Figure 50 Applications gt Print Server ts Applications Print Server Print Server HGLA E Rename k Cancel Job f Delete Canon_PRT_1 g amp mi on line NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 36 Applications gt Print Server LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Click this to update the list of printers and print jobs The table lists printers and their queued print jobs Click a column s heading to sort the entries by that criteria Status This fields shows whether the printer is connected and turned on on line or not off line Name This identifies the printer Ea
273. owser Select a share and click this to browse the share s contents NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 10 Shares Table 51 Sharing gt Shares continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Status This field displays the share icons represents a Built in share on a volume on the internal hard drives vs represents a Predefined or User created share on a volume on the internal hard drives represents an Auto share on a volume on the external USB devices represents a disabled share that no user can access represents a missing share The NSA cannot find the hard disk associated with the share the disk may be removed from the NSA for example You may install the disk back to the NSA to recover the share or you may delete the share from the NSA Share Type This field displays Built in for system shares You cannot delete these shares these are the public and admin shares This field displays Predefined for default shares You can delete these shares these are the video music and photo shares This field displays User created for shares that an administrator has created You can delete these shares This field displays Auto for shares located on an external USB device Share Name This field displays the share s names Share Path This field displays the share s file path for example volume1 music Share Owner This is the name of the user account to which this share belongs Permi
274. play the following details about the hard drive located in the corresponding hard drive bay Type Whether it is an internal or external USB hard drive ne Name This is the hard disk number that identifies the isk File System The file system that an external volume is using Capacity The total storage space on the disk Capacity This field shows total disk size the percentage of the volume being used and the percentage that is available Actions This field displays icons allowing you to edit scan repair or delete a volume You can also locate or eject an external volume Note If you delete a volume all data in the volume disk s is erased You see a warning screen before you delete a volume Figure 22 Delete a Volume Warning Screen es Delete Volume volumei ALL Data On this Volume will be DELETED Are you sure you want to DELETE this Volume IKKKKKKK NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage 5 3 Creating an Internal Volume Click the Create an Internal Volume button in the Storage screen as shown in Figure 21 on page 113 to open the following screen Use this screen to create a new NSA internal disk drive volume Note Creating a volume formats the hard drive All data on the disk will be lost Figure 23 Storage gt Create an Internal Volume Disk Configuration Volume Name EE A ABCD JBOD reco JBOD volume can be a single disk v
275. porting CernificateS ei seumentunensasnanaummaieniiantiianeusti te 285 Appendix E Open Source Licences ina eisini a a aa 317 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Table of Contents NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Table of Contents NSA 220 Plus User s Guide PART Introduction Getting to Know Your NSA 21 Web Configurator Basics 27 Tutorials 49 Getting to Know Your NSA This chapter covers the main features and applications of the NSA 1 1 NSA Overview Use the NSA Network Storage Appliance to do the following Share files between computers on your network Back up files from your computers to the NSA Use the COPY SYNC button to copy or synchronize files between the NSA and USB devices like card readers MP3 players memory sticks and digital cameras without using a computer Have the NSA handle large file downloads e Automatically download files from website feeds for convenient viewing Play the NSA s video music and photo files on your computers using the included media client software Play the NSA s video music and photo files on hardware based media clients like the DMA 1000 Use the NSA s website to share files with remote users e Use iTunes on your computer to play video and music files stored on the NSA e Share printers e Automatically upload photo and video files to your FTP server Flickr and YouTube accounts NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 21 Chapter 1
276. ppendices NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 2 1 Access the NSA Via NDU If you don t know the IP address of the NSA then use the NDU to find it Refer to the Quick Start Guide for how to install and run the NDU Figure 5 NDU Main Screen NSA_Consumer 172 16 37 44 nsa220 tw 172 16 37 58 Up A Fa nsa220plus 172 16 37 3 Up A J ftp38 nsa2401 172 15 37 188 Up A t NAS Discovery nsa2401 172 15 37 118 Up ET A S Utility F Discover Local IP 172 23 37 12 C Copyright 2008 by ZyXEL Communications Corp From the NDU main page click an icon under Admin to see the web configurator s login screen 2 2 2 Web Browser Access Open your browser and type in the server name of the NSA nsa220plus by default Figure 6 NSA URL Blank Page Windows Internet Explorer ITAN Fie Edit view Favorites Tools Help NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 3 Login The default username and password are admin and 1234 respectively Enter your username and password then click Login See Chapter 8 on page 185 for how to create other user accounts Figure 7 NSA Login Screen ZyXEL NSA 220 PLUS Welcome to NS4 220 PLUS Enter Username password and click to login username ES Password SCS a maximum of 14 alphanumeric printable characters no single and double quotes Q Note Please turn on the
277. pplications gt Download Service continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Pause Select a downloading item and click this to temporarily stop the download Paused downloads appear in the Download Service screen s Inactive tab Use your keyboard s SHIFT key to select a range of download tasks Use the CTRL key and click individual download tasks to select multiple individual download tasks Resume Select a paused item and click this to continue downloading the file Select a completed item and click this to re seed a torrent file or download a file again If you want to re seed a BitTorrent task keep the torrent file and the completed file in their original locations Task Info Select an item on the list and click this to display information about the download task See Section 7 4 8 on page 149 for more details The table lists your downloads Click a column s heading to sort the entries by that criteria Active Click this to see the list of files the NSA is currently downloading or sharing with other BitTorrent users The NSA handles a maximum of 10 active tasks at a time or fewer depending on how much of the NSA s system memory is available If you add more they appear in the Inactive tab Bit Torrent downloads may appear in the Inactive tab for a while before showing in the Downloading tab The NSA automatically moves completed tasks to the Completed tab Inactive Click this to see the list
278. protect data or to establish secure network connections A certificate store is the system area where certificates are kept To continue click Next 6 If you want Internet Explorer to Automatically select certificate store based on the type of certificate click Next again and then go to step 9 Figure 128 Internet Explorer 7 Certificate Import Wizard Certificate Import Wizard Certificate Store Certificate stores are system areas where certificates are kept Windows can automatically select a certificate store or you can specify a location for Automatically select the certificate store based on the type of certificate Place all certificates in the following store 288 NSA 2401 Users Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 7 Otherwise select Place all certificates in the following store and then click Browse Figure 129 Internet Explorer 7 Certificate Import Wizard Place all certificates in the following store Certificate store 8 Inthe Select Certificate Store dialog box choose a location in which to save the certificate and then click OK Figure 130 Internet Explorer 7 Select Certificate Store Select Certificate Store Select the certificate store you want to use oa Trusted Root Certification Authorities H Enterprise Trust Intermediate Certification Authorities H Active Directory User Object PA Tricted Pi ihlichere lt Show physical stores Lox _conce
279. provides tutorials that show how to use the NSA File Sharing Tutorials see page 49 Download Service Tutorial see page 59 Broadcatching Tutorial see page 75 Copy and Flickr Auto Upload Tutorial see page 80 FTP Uploadr Tutorial see page 82 e Web Configurator s Security Sessions see page 86 Using FTPS to Connect to the NSA see page 98 Using a MAC to Access the NSA see page 99 3 2 File Sharing Tutorials The following sections cover using the NSA for file sharing This chapter assumes you have already followed the Quick Start Guide instructions to perform initial setup and configuration so you have a working volume See the rest of this User s Guide for details on configuring the NSA S various screens 3 2 1 Creating a User Account Bob wants to create accounts for his sons Jimmy and Kevin This is how he would do it NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 1 Log into the NSA web configurator see Section 2 3 on page 29 and click Administration to go to the configuration screens ee a ss Administration My NSA Password Download Service My NSA My Shares NetWorkietorage Appliance i i i 2 Click Sharing gt Users to open the Users screen Then click Add User Users e amp 4dd User Search Edit User Delete User Info Selected Display Number 20 W User s Goto Pagef W Page 1 Of 1 8 Bob D admin Page 1 Of 1 NSA
280. ptible Power Supply UPS capacity Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this CPU Usage This displays a summary of CPU usage by all current processes Click the Refresh icon to update this display It also automatically updates itself every 10 seconds Note If too many users are using the NSA then the NSA may appear sluggish CPU Temperature This displays the current temperature near the NSA s CPU The NSA generates an emergency log if the temperature goes out of the normal operating range If the temperature goes even higher the NSA shuts down automatically to avoid damage from overheating If the NSA overheats make sure the fans are working and it is in a well ventilated place Click the Refresh icon to update this display It also automatically updates itself every 60 seconds Fan Speed This is the RPM Rotations Per Minute of the NSA s fans Click the Refresh icon to update this display It also automatically updates itself every 60 seconds Memory Usage This shows how much of the NSA s total memory is being used Click the Refresh icon to update this display It also automatically updates itself every 10 seconds Volume Status A volume is a storage area on a single disk or spread across a number of disks within a single file system Internal Volume This displays the volumes created on the hard drives installed in the NSA Click the Edit icon to open the Storage screen You c
281. r 6 0 7 0 and Mozilla Firefox 2 0 3 0 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 4 5 Download Service Notification Use the download service notification to keep track of downloaded files on the NSA You can subscribe the NSA s download list to an RSS reader on your computer When the NSA finishes downloading new files your RSS reader displays the information and links for the files You can download the files from the RSS reader to your computer See Section 3 3 5 on page 71 for a tutorial about using the download service notification In the Download Service screen select Enable Download Notify and click Apply An RSS feed icon appears Click the icon to subscribes the NSA s download list to an RSS reader Note The download service notification only keeps track of files downloaded via BitTorrent Figure 35 Download Service Notification Download Service Download service allows you to download filesefrom the Internet directly to the NSA E Enable Download Service Epp D Enable Download Notify PRE fl oP 3 gt iT Queued Add Preferences Refresh Delete Resume Task Info D Paused Inactive 1 Active 0 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 4 6 Configuring Download Service General Settings Click Applications gt Download Service gt Preferences to open the following screen Use this screen to set the default lo
282. r a pop up window about how to handle the file Note It is also OK for the link to open a torrent file If you are redirected to a screen that says the download should start in a few seconds there may be a link to click if the download does not start automatically See if that link opens the file or the pop up window NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 Right click the download link and select Copy Shortcut in Internet Explorer or Copy Link Location in Firefox Description error correction A pen Open in New Tab Open in New Window Save Target As Print Target Download Copy Shortcut 4 Log into the NSA web configurator see Section 2 3 on page 29 using the administrator account and click Download Service i E te My NSA Password Administration Download Service fa My NSA My Shares Nasir Stories Appliance i i fl 5 Click Add Download Service Download service allows you to download files from the Internet directly to the NSA EI Enable Download Service Enable Download Notify Eoia F ogu Pe amp Add Preferences Refresh Delete Pause Resume Task Info 60 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 6 Right click the URL field and select Paste Add Download Task From URL Source URL Torrent File Default Destination Q Note To change the default de
283. r browser s address bar to access the share s web page The NSA s web configurator uses port 80 To make the web configurator more secure you can have the web published shares use another port number Then you can configure one set of firewall rules and NAT or port forwarding settings on your Internet gateway specifically for allowing access to the web published shares and another separate set of rules for accessing the NSA s web configurator NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications In the following example the Internet gateway s firewall is configured to allow anyone to access the NSA s web published screens using port 8080 Web configurator access port 80 however is only allowed from IP address a b c d Figure 45 Web Publishing Port Number Example NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 1 57 Chapter 7 Applications 7 6 The Broadcatching Screen Click Applications gt Broadcatching to open the following screen This screen displays the NSA s subscribed channels and the associated contents e The NSA saves a channel s downloaded items in a folder named after the channel e The NSA creates the channel folders in the same destination as the download service See Section 7 4 6 on page 145 to change the destination for saving downloads The NSA s media server feature makes it easy for users on your network to play the broadcatching files you download See Section 7 3 1 on page 135 f
284. r of drives Duplexing Like in mirroring all data is duplicated onto two distinct physical hard drives but in addition it also duplicates the hardware that controls the two hard drives one of the drives would be connected to one adapter and the other to a second adapter Striping Striping is the breaking up of data and storing different data pieces on each of the drives in an array This allows faster reading and writing as it can be done simultaneously across disks Striping can be done at the byte level or in blocks Byte level striping means that the first byte of the file is sent to the first drive then the second to the second drive and so on Block level striping means that each file is split into blocks of a certain size and those are distributed to the various drives The size of the blocks used is also called the stripe size or block size e Parity In mirroring 50 of the drives in the array are reserved for duplicate data Parity is another way to allow data recovery in the event of disk failure using calculations rather than duplicating the data If you have n pieces of data parity computes an extra piece of data The n 1 pieces of data are stored on n 1 drives If you lose any one of the n 1 pieces of data you can recreate it from the n that remain regardless of which piece is lost Parity protection is used with striping and the n pieces of data are typically the blocks or bytes dist
285. radiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 327 Appendix E Open Source Licences copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License sin
286. ranted on the Flickr website so click OK to get started The service requires permission to connect to your Flickr account That permission is The web browser opens the Yahoo Flickr login page Enter your Yahoo account s information and click Sign In Figure 58 Yahoo Flickr Login Page YAHOO flickr Welcome to Yahoo Enjoy all the benefits of Yahoo Flickr Access all your digital images in one place Show off your favorite photos to the world e Share photos with your friends and family it s easy Get all the best with one Yahoo ID Your Yahoo ID gives you access to powerful communications tools like mail and instant messaging security features like email AntiVirus and Pop Up Blocker and favorites like online photos and music all for free Yahoo Help Sign in to Yahoo Are you protected Create your sign in sea Why Yahoo ID e g free2rhyme yahoo com Password I Keep me signed in for 2 weeks unless sign out Uncheck if on a shared computer Sign In Info Forget your ID or password Help Don t have a Yahoo ID Signing up is easy Sign Up Copyright 2008 Yahoo Inc All rights reserved Copyright IP Policy Terms of Service Guide to Online Security NOTICE We collect personal information on this site To learn more about how we use your information see our Privacy Policy NSA 220 Plus User s Guide
287. re we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can re link them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library 322 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences To protect each distributor we want to make i
288. re Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAG
289. re y r Enabled YouTube Non authorized The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 39 Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube LABEL DESCRIPTION Disable Select a service from the list and click this to turn the service on or off Enable If you disable the service and add more files to the watch folder s the NSA will not auto upload these files However the NSA still uploads any files added before you turned off the service Pause Select a service from the list and click this to pause or resume the auto Resume upload feature Config Select a service from the list and click this to manage the service s settings Status This field displays the service s status The service may be Enabled Disabled Uploading or Paused Service This field displays the name of a sharing website to which the NSA can Name automatically upload files Account This field displays the username of the account to use with the auto Information upload feature NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 7 9 1 Configuring the Flickr Settings 170 In the Applications gt Auto Upload gt Flickr YouTube screen select Flickr from the list and then click the Config button The following screen displays if you have not authorized the NSA to use a Flickr account Click OK to continue the authorization process Figure 57 Linking NSA to Flickr Q Note g
290. refox 2 Find the link for the RSS feed containing the channel you want to add In this example http reviews cnet com 4520 11455_7 6333605 1 html has an RSS link for subscribing to the CNET Live podcast However this is not the link for the actual RSS feed Click the link to go to another screen that has RSS feed links CNET Podcast Central CNET com Windows Internet Explorer e Rd http www cnet com 1990 11455_1 6333605 1 html File Edit View Favorites Tools Help We Be CNET Podcast Central CNET com ae SUBSCRIBE NOW CNET live features hosts Brian Cooley and Tom Merritt sharing s their expertise and having fun doing it The two tech experts r n g take calls emails and video questions in order to help viewers ibscribe to this podcast using an get the most out of their technology The show also features S reader other than iTunes regular segments like Insider Secrets Free Download of the N E Week and best of the Web helping viewers keep on top ofthe latest tech trends Hosted by Brian Cooley m n 3 Brian Cooley is CNET s senior pundit seen frequently View the latest episode pon 4 on CNN ABC News CNBC as well on the TV screens pacs in most major tech retailers around the U S He also Related links h ar Tech videos de 3 Note Make sure the link goes to the actual RSS feed instead of to another list of links or information about the channel One way to test this is by clicking the link
291. rent Date This field displays the date of your NSA Date Time Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually When you enter the time settings manually the NSA uses the new setting once you click Apply Note If you enter time settings manually they revert to their defaults when power is lost NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 107 Chapter 4 System Setting Table 15 System Setting gt Date Time continued LABEL DESCRIPTION New Date yyyy mm dd This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply New Time hh mm ss This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this check box to have the NSA get the time and date from the time server you select in the Time Server Address field Time Server Address Select a time server from the drop down list box or select Specify my own time server and enter the time server you wish to use in the field below Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Synchronize Now Click this for the NSA to retrieve the correct time from the confi
292. ributed across the drives in the array The parity information can either be stored on a separate dedicated drive or be mixed with the data across all the drives in the array Note In the following figures A1 A2 A3 and so on are blocks of data from the A file Similarly B1 B2 B3 and C1 C2 C3 ar blocks of data from the B and C files JBOD JBOD allows you to combine multiple physical disk drives into a single virtual one so they appear as a single large disk JBOD can be used to turn multiple different sized drives into one big drive For example JBOD could convert 80 GB and 100 GB drives into one large logical drive of 180 GB If you have two JBOD volumes with one disk in each a failure of one disk volume should not affect the other volume disk JBOD read performance is not as good as RAID as only one disk can be read at a time and they must be read sequentially The following figure 122 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage shows disks in a single JBOD volume Data is not written across disks but written sequentially to each disk until it s full Table 21 JBOD RAID 0 RAID 0 spreads data evenly across two or more disks data striping with no mirroring nor parity for data redundancy so if one disk fails the entire volume will be lost The major benefit of RAID 0 is performance The following figure shows two disks in a single RAID 0 volume Data can be written and read across disk
293. rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions t
294. rights set forth in this License If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such terms You offer 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code 4 Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the legal file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all distributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to unde
295. rities tab select the certificate that you want to remove and then click Delete Figure 162 Opera 9 Certificate manager Certificate manager Actalis Root CA AddTrust Class 1 CA Root AddTrust External CA Root AddTrust Public CA Root AddTrust Qualified CA Root Baltimore CyberTrust Code Signing Root Baltimore CyberTrust Mobile Root Baltimore CyberTrust Root Certum CA Certum CA Level I Certum CA Level IT Certum CA Level III Certum CA Level IV Class 1 Public Primary Certification Authority Class 1 Public Primary Certification Authority G2 c 1998 VeriSig Class 2 Public Primary Certification Authority 4 The next time you go to the web site that issued the public key certificate you just removed a certification error appears Note There is no confirmation when you delete a certificate authority so be absolutely certain that you want to go through with it before clicking the button NSA 2401 User s Guide 309 Appendix D Importing Certificates Konqueror 3 The following example uses Konqueror 3 5 on openSUSE 10 3 however the screens apply to Konqueror 3 5 on all Linux KDE distributions If your device s Web Configurator is set to use SSL certification then the first time you browse to it you are presented with a certification error Click Continue Figure 163 Konqueror 3 5 Server Authentication Server Authentication Konqueror The server certificate failed the authenticity test
296. rname authorized for the auto upload feature Switch User Click this to use a different YouTube account for the auto upload feature Folder Selection Folder Watch List This table displays a list of shares and folders selected for auto upload Files stored in these locations are uploaded to your YouTube account Status This field indicates whether the share is available gt represents a valid folder The share is available for auto upload represents a missing folder The share may be deleted from the NSA or the hard disk was removed from the NSA Share Name This field displays the share selected for auto upload Path This field displays the path of a folder selected for auto upload The NSA only uploads the files stored in the specified share or folder to your YouTube account Action Use the Remove icon to delete a share from the Folder Watch List Shares Select a share for auto upload from the drop down list Path Select a folder on the NSA You can use Browse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators Browse Click this to choose a folder from the selected share Select a folder and then click Apply If you click Apply without selecting a folder a forward slash displays in the Path field All contents within the specified share are selected for auto upload Browse Current location Folder Name EEE amp Jimmy s Birthday Eu ken Add Click th
297. roprietary rights and non disclosure shall survive the termination of this Software License Agreement 12 General This License Agreement shall be construed interpreted and governed by the laws of Republic of China without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof The exclusive forum for any disputes arising out of or relating to this License Agreement shall be an appropriate court or Commercial Arbitration Association sitting in ROC Taiwan This License Agreement shall constitute the entire Agreement between the parties hereto This License Agreement the rights granted hereunder the Software and Documentation shall not be assigned by you without the prior written consent of ZyXEL Any waiver or modification of this License Agreement shall only be effective if it is in writing and signed by both parties hereto If any part of this License Agreement is found invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction the remainder of this License Agreement shall be interpreted so as to reasonably effect the intention of the parties NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 353 Appendix E Open Source Licences NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright 2009 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electro
298. rosive liquids e Do NOT store things on the device e Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning e Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device e Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Please contact your vendor for further information e ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device e Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports e Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them e Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling e Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device e Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe e Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord e Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution e If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the power outlet e Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one e Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections
299. rowsing screens and click the Move button or the Copy button to display a screen like the following Use this screen to select the target path for moving or copying the folder or file Figure 12 My NSA Share Browsing gt Move or Copy Select a folder Shares Public Q Note eth 0 HE Files with same filename will be overwritten j The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 5 My NSA Share Browsing gt Move or Copy LABEL DESCRIPTION Shares Select a target share from the drop down list box Path Select a folder on the NSA You can also browse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators Browse Click this to put the file in a specific folder Select a folder and then click Apply If you click Apply without selecting a folder a forward slash displays in the Path field All contents within the specified share are selected Browse Current location Folder Name E Name Jimmy s Birthday ss Yes Click this to move or copy the file Close Click this to return to the My NSA share browsing screen without saving NSA 220 Plus User s Guide EI Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 5 3 My NSA Configuration Screen Use the My NSA configuration screens to see and configure share management details Click My NSA and t
300. rstand it 5 Application of this License This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 Versions of the License 6 1 New Versions Netscape Communications Corporation Netscape may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape No one other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to Covered Code created under this License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this License You must a rename Your license so that the phrases Mozilla MOZILLAPL MOZPL Netscape MPL NPL or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license except to note that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and Netscape Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Deve
301. rtificate Install authority certificate Install this certificate authority s certificate chain in the database 1 172 20 37 202 vew 6 Next click OK Figure 159 Opera 9 Install authority certificate Install authority certificate i Are you sure you want to trust this issuer 7 The next time you visit the web site click the padlock in the address bar to open the Security information window to view the web page s security details NSA 2401 Users Guide 307 Appendix D Importing Certificates Removing a Certificate in Opera 1 2 This section shows you how to remove a public key certificate in Opera 9 Open Opera and click Tools gt Preferences Figure 160 Opera 9 Tools Menu Mail and chat accounts Delete private data Notes Ctrl Alt E Transfers Ctrl Alt T Ctrl Alt H Links Ctrl Alt L Advanced gt Quick preferences F12 gt Appearance Shift F 12 Preferences Ctrl F12 X In Preferences Advanced gt Security gt Manage certificates Figure 161 Opera 9 Preferences Preferences Tabs Choose a master password to protect personal certificates Browsing Notifications Set master password Content Fonts Downloads Programs History aes _ Enable Fraud Protection Manage certificates Toolbars Shortcuts Voice NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 3 Inthe Certificates manager select the Autho
302. s Error code sec_error_untrusted_issuer This could be a problem with the server s configuration or it could be someone trying to impersonate the server If you have connected to this server successfully in the past the error may be temporary and you can try again later You should not add an exception if you are using an internet connection that you do not trust completely or if you are not used to seeing a warning For this server Get me out of here Add Exception 5 Click Get Certificate Add Security Exception You are about to override how Firefox identifies this site A Legitimate banks stores and other public sites will not ask you to do this Server Location thos 17 2 Get Certificate Certificate Status NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 6 Before you add an exception verify that the device to which you are trying to connect is providing the correct certificate Click View Add Security Exception You are about to override how Firefox identifies this site A Legitimate banks stores and other public sites will not ask you to do this Server Location https 172 23 37 52 Get Certificate Certificate Status This site attempts to identify itself with invalid information Wrong Site Certificate belongs to a different site which could indicate an identity theft Unknown Identity Certificate is not trusted because it hasn t been verified by a recognized a
303. s e dashes Other limitations on group names are All leading and trailing spaces are removed automatically Multiple spaces within names are converted to a single space e Group names are case insensitive The group name cannot be the same no matter the letter case as an existing group For example if a group exists with the name FAMILY you cannot create a group named family The group name cannot be the same as a system group name such as EVERYONE nor be the same as an existing group Other reserved groups names that are not allowed are e nobody e root NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Shares 10 1 Overview A share is a set of user access permissions mapped to a specific folder on a volume It is equivalent to the Windows concept of a shared folder but is independent of the folder You can map a share to a network drive for easy and familiar file transfer for Windows users 10 1 1 What You Can Do in the Shares Screens e Use the Shares screen Section 10 2 on page 196 to navigate a list of shares created on the NSA Use the Add Shares screen Section 10 3 on page 198 to create additional shares on the NSA e Use the Configuration screen Section 10 4 on page 201 to configure and clean up the recycle bins e Use the Change Share Properties screen Section 10 3 on page 198 to edit a share s properties e Use the Share Browser screen Section 10 5 on page 202 to navigate add and edit the conten
304. s simultaneously for faster performance Table 22 RAID 0 RAID 0 capacity is the size of the smallest disk multiplied by the number of disks you have configured at RAID 0 on the NSA For example if you have two disks of sizes 100 GB and 200 GB respectively in a RAID 0 volume then the maximum capacity is 200 GB 2 100 GB the smallest disk size and the remaining space 100 GB is unused Typical applications for RAID 0 are non critical data or data that changes infrequently and is backed up regularly requiring high write speed such as audio video graphics games and so on RAID 1 RAID 1 creates an exact copy or mirror of a set of data on another disk This is useful when data backup is more important than data capacity The following NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 123 Chapter 5 Storage figure shows two disks in a single RAID 1 volume with mirrored data Data is duplicated across two disks so if one disk fails there is still a copy of the data Table 23 RAID 1 As RAID 1 uses mirroring and duplexing a RAID 1 volume needs an even number of disks two or four for the NSA RAID 1 capacity is limited to the size of the smallest disk in the RAID array For example if you have two disks of sizes 150 GB and 200 GB respectively in one RAID 1 volume then the maximum capacity is 150 GB and the remaining space 50 GB is unused Typical applications for RAID 1 are those requiring high fault tolerance without ne
305. s contents items Subscribe the NSA to a feed to be able to download the contents 7 2 The FTP Screen Use FTP or FTP over TLS to upload files to the NSA and download files from the NSA Click Applications gt FTP to open the following screen Note Your FTP client must be set to use FTP over TLS in order to use FTPS with the NSA If your FTP client offers multiple types of FTP over TLS use explicit encryption Figure 29 Applications gt FTP ti Applications FTP FTP Ed Enable FTP Connection Limit Connection Limit 20 1 Idle Timeout minutes Max timeout 300 minutes Port Number i Enable Anonymous FTP Access BO Customize the port range for data transfer Starting Port Hl Ending Port Q Note To configure a share to allow anonymous FTP access go to the configure shares page and modify a share s access rights to allow the user Anonymous FTP Character Set UTF 8 l NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 Applications gt FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION FTP Enable FTP You can use FTP to send files to the NSA or get files from the NSA Select this check box to allow users to connect to the NSA via FTP otherwise clear the check box Connection Limit Enter the maximum number of concurrent FTP connections allowed on the NSA in this field Idle Timeout Enter the len
306. s manual you should contact your vendor If you cannot contact your vendor then contact a ZyXEL office for the region in which you bought the device See http www zyxel com web contact_us php for contact information Please have the following information ready when you contact an office NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 3 About This User s Guide e Product model and serial number e Warranty Information Date that you received your device e Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it Disclaimer Graphics in this book may differ slightly from the product due to differences in operating systems operating system versions or if you installed updated firmware software for your device Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate 4 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User s Guide Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device Note Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions The NSA may be referred to as the NSA the device or the system in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font A key stroke is denoted by square bracke
307. s not installed yet or has failed See the Quick Start Guide for how to install an internal disk e Create a new volume if you do not have one on the internal disk yet e Make sure the volume on the installed internal disk is in the healthy state 13 7 Media Server Functions set the media server function to publish a folder but some of the files in the folder do not display in the list on the media client Files with formats that are not supported on the media server may not display in the list See Appendix on page 250 for the file formats that the media server supports published a folder with the media server function but the media client does not play some of the files or does not play them properly NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 1 Files with formats that are not supported on the media server may not display in the list See Section 14 4 on page 250 for the file formats that the media server supports 2 If you are using media client software you may need to install codecs on your computer Since the media client software uses your computer s installed codecs files do not play if the required codec is not installed on your computer 3 The media client may not support the file s format iTunes does not display the names of all the music or video files just put on the NSA 1 Make sure the files are a format supported by iTunes See Section 14 5 on page 251 2 Goto
308. s permitted only in or NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS
309. s that do not have a compact privacy policy co Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing _ Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable Pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 272 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen Figure 115 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable C3 information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups Settings 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page
310. s to be Replaced 3 Press and release the COPY SYNC button on the NSA s front panel to start copying files 4 The copied files can be found in a new folder in the photo share Share Browsing r Create Folder Upload z8 pL Rename Delete Move Copy Current Location photo 2008 07 21 16 56 01 132 74 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 29 g 070804102644638 jpq 113 22 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 32 g NTR ChildMana char01 jpq 285 01 KB 2008 07 21 16 36 51 g NTR ChildMana char02 jpg 337 66 KB 2008 07 21 16 36 53 g NTR ChildMana char03 jpg 494 30 KB 2008 07 21 16 36 55 g test ipq 137 37 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 30 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 7 5 The NSA also automatically uploads the copied files to Flickr Auto Upload S Disable Pause Config Enabled YouTube Username PinkPeachyPie FTP Uploadr Tutorial FTP Uploadr can automatically upload files saved on the NSA to a remote FTP server Amy wants to share files on her NSA with Susan They each have an NSA at home so Susan has to set her NSA as an FTP server for Amy to automatically send files using FTP Uploadr Amy s NSA Susan s NSA To set the NSA as an FTP server click Applications gt FTP to open the FTP screen Select Enable FTP and click Apply FTP LA Enable FTP ommre tion Limit 10 Connection Limit 20 Idle Timeout 15 minutes Max timeout 300 minutes Port Number 21 Enable Anon
311. scary moview share This is how he would create the group 1 Inthe NSA s administration web configurator screen click Groups gt Add Group Groups amp Add Search Edit Group Delete Group Selected Display Number 20 W Group s Go to Pagef M Page 1 Of1 Page 1 Of 1 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 53 Chapter 3 Tutorials Specify a name for the group Select the user s you want to add to the group from the Available User s list and click Add Selected User s Configure the screen as follows Then click Apply to create the group Add a New Local Group Group Name Children Available User s Group Membership Group Membership ca Caricel Now that Bob has created a group for Jimmy and Kevin he can go through the steps again to create another group for the parents Then he can see the rest of the tutorials for how to use the groups in assigning access rights to shares 3 2 4 Accessing a Share From Windows Explorer If you map a NSA share where data is stored to a Windows network drive you can use Windows Explorer to transfer files to and from the NSA as if it was another folder on your computer Here he maps Jimmy s share to Jimmy s computer Start Windows Explorer and go to the NSA s server name nsa220plus is the default or IP address 2 Click Tools gt Map Network Drive Br NSA 220 PLUS nsa220plus File Edit View Favorites G
312. se to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS Version 1 1 Copyright c 1999 2003 The Apache Software Foundation All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The end user documentation included with the redistribution if any must include the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache org Alternately this acknowledgment may appear in the software it
313. select items you want to download The NSA saves the items you download in a folder named after the channel By default the channel folders are created in the admin share s download folder The NSA s media server feature makes it easy for users on your network to play the broadcatching files you download See Section 7 3 1 on page 135 for more on the media server NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 5 Printer Server Tutorial Do the following to have the NSA let computers on your network share a printer See www zyxel com for a list of compatible printers 1 Make sure the NSA is on and the SYS light is on steady not blinking 2 Use a USB cable to connect the printer s USB port to one of the NSA s USB ports Make sure the printer is also connected to an appropriate power source 3 Turn on the printer 4 The NSA detects the printer after a few moments NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 5 On your computer open your CIFS file sharing program Windows Explorer for example and browse to the NSA Double click the printer s icon File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt Qsearch Gyrolders 63 MG GE X A Eee Address 192 168 1 2 9 Comment 7 1 x Canon_PRT_1 192 168 1 2 Select an item to view its description public Stusp Card IntelligentStick 1 001 video Printers Adds removes and configures local and netwo 6 If you get
314. self if and wherever such third party acknowledgments normally appear The names Apache and Apache Software Foundation must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact apache apache org Products derived from this software may not be called Apache nor may Apache appear in their name without prior written permission of the Apache Software Foundation THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE APACHE SOFTWARE FOUNDATION OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This software consists of voluntary contributions made by many individuals on behalf of the Apache Software Foundation For more information on the Apache Software Foundation please see lt http www apache org gt Portions of this software are bas
315. service bureau or for the benefit of any other person or entity You may not cause assist or permit any third party to do any of the foregoing 5 Confidentiality You acknowledge that the Software contains proprietary trade secrets of ZyXEL and you hereby agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Software using at least NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 351 Appendix E Open Source Licences as great a degree of care as you use to maintain the confidentiality of your own most confidential information You agree to reasonably communicate the terms and conditions of this License Agreement to those persons employed by you who come into contact with the Software and to use reasonable best efforts to ensure their compliance with such terms and conditions including without limitation not knowingly permitting such persons to use any portion of the Software for the purpose of deriving the source code of the Software 6 No Warranty THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ZyXEL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ZyXEL DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET ANY REQUIREMENTS OR NEEDS YOU MAY HAVE OR THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL OPERATE ERROR FREE OR IN AN UNINTERUPTED FASHION OR THAT ANY DEFECTS OR ERRORS IN THE SOFTWARE WILL BE CORRECTED
316. service notifications For example Google Reader cannot support this feature if the NSA has a private IP address Note It is recommended to subscribe to the download service notifications using the built in reader in Internet Explorer 7 or Firefox NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials You have to activate this feature in the Download Service screen Click Applications gt Download Service to open the following screen Select Enable Download Notify and click Apply Download Service Zi Enable Download Service Add Preferences Refresh Delete Internet Explorer 7 Example Enable Download Notify Download service allows you to download the Internet directl Pause Task Info 1 After you activate download service notification click the RSS feed icon Download Service t Q Preferences Refresh Delete Download service allows you to download files from the Internet directly to the NSA Ed Enable Download Service EX KZ Enable Download Notify Es D Pause 2 The following screen displays Select Subscribe to this feed Download Notify Windows Internet Explorer AL l http 172 23 26 45 zyxel cgi bin dInotify ooo w 4 X File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w ahe E Download Notify a Download Notify in Internet d amp Subscribe to this feed You are viewing a feed that contains frequently updated content W
317. set to the factory defaults The reset process does NOT affect the volume settings nor data stored on the NSA You should periodically back up your configuration file to your computer see Section 11 5 on page 220 for details about managing the NSA s configuration file You could then restore your configuration in the event that you or someone else reset the NSA to the factory defaults Note You should keep the NSA in a secure location in order to prevent unauthorized reset of the device NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 25 Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Web Configurator Basics 2 1 Overview This chapter describes how to access the NSA web configurator and provides an overview of its screens The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy NSA setup and management using an Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 Mozilla Firefox 1 07 Netscape Navigator 7 0 or later versions of these browsers The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels or higher In order to use the web configurator you need to allow e Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 e JavaScript enabled by default 2 2 Accessing the NSA Web Configurator Make sure your NSA is properly connected and that your computer is in the same subnet as the NSA refer to the Quick Start Guide or the a
318. share can have its own recycle folder You must enable the recycle bin function to recycle deleted items You can configure this setting when you add or edit a share See Section 10 3 on page 198 for details on activating the recycle bin in a share Later if you want to retrieve a deleted item you can locate the item in the recycle folder You may move or copy the deleted item to another share 10 4 2 Configuring Recycle Bins In the Sharing gt Shares screen click Recycle Bin to open the following screen Figure 75 Sharing gt Shares gt Recycle Bin Share Configuration Clean Recycle Bin every fo days 0 31 0 means not clean it automatically Clea rec e Bins now mes The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 54 Sharing gt Shares gt Recycle Bin LABEL DESCRIPTION Clean Recycle Bin Specify how often you want to clear the contents in all recycle every N days bins The specified days correspond to how long a file has been stored in a recycle bin For example if you set the interval to be 3 days recycle bins will clean up items deleted or not accessed for 3 days Note Cleaning up recycle bins permanently removes the files from the NSA Clean all recycle bins Click this to immediately remove contents from all recycle bins now Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving NSA 220 Plus User
319. shares in the Published Shares box and click this to not Share s let people access using a web browser without logging into the My NSA screens Use the SHIFT key to select a range of entries Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual entries Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings 7 5 1 Web Publishing Example This example covers how to configure the Web Publishing screen to let people use a web browser to access a share named FamilyPhotos without logging into the My NSA screens and shows how to access the share through the Internet NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 1 Click Applications gt Web Publishing and configure the screen as shown enable the web publishing and move FamilyPhotos over to Published Shares and click Apply Figure 43 Applications gt Web Publishing Example ss Applications Web Publishing Web Publishing Disable Web Publishing Enable Web Publishing Port Number fa0 Note The format of URL http IP Address Port Number MyWeb ShareName Unpublished Shares Published Shares public a FamilyPhotos video photo music admin D ele S DUDISN Se arets NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications 2 Now open your web browser and type in the address of the NSA s FamilyPhotos web page In this example the NSA s IP addr
320. soos oaa a ia 138 TAT Downoad S NOE anaia na lee en tan Dw te 138 7 4 2 Configuring the Download Service Screen sississssssissiossiiiineisesnsagerssensaneennse 139 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 13 Table of Contents TAa Peng a Deine Tas RP IT 142 T44 Link Capture Browser PDO anus cures tance sat eu enntte nu raini 143 7 45 Download Service NOUNCABON siccssiiscciesserasaeustieaasietiancaionsenacanientsdaceduns aaa 144 7 4 6 Configuring Download Service General Settings ccceeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeentieeeeeeeeaaes 145 LAF Configuring the BitTorrent SONO au dendintannnniantudenssntenishnle 146 7 4 8 Displaying the Download Task Information 0 cc cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeennaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaes 149 LS PROMO SecUNiy nsc cn slide 150 Te The Wob FUBNSHING SACOM nn hannartndanmndaumuininndiiniernonnssn 152 Pos 1 Wop Pubibhing E ane SR sa ent nt tide 153 TL VOD POS MINS ein nn in din Seapdaen euaparetaas 155 TE THE BOSI CACHING SCPE screcseccccarervemnacsidsanieaersdtaeansssss pencseuesiemmeanus E E 158 7 6 1 Adding or Editing a Broadcatching Channel scccissscccstessssoccesssssonseers ssoswesnsascansssessios 160 0e CONS OMIS denis NN 161 F7 the Prini Server SPCC esiaine oriniai eut pions santa fes en tient sen ia le as titi Ria 162 Buena Re ae an nie 162 tie Configuring the Print Server SEM atsh e 162 Fit PIR Sedvo RaO seinnoria 163 7 8 The Copy Syne Button SGre Aout ENEA SANER EENEN EARANN 164 TOA COPYING FES sasirna
321. space the selected account is currently using This only applies for files that the user saved onto the NSA while logged in with that username OK Click this to close the current screen NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Groups 9 1 Overview This chapter introduces the Groups screens Use the Groups screens to create and manage groups You can assign users to groups and grant individual groups access rights to specific shares 9 1 1 What You Can Do in the Groups Screen e Use the main Groups screen Section 9 2 on page 191 to display and manage a list of groups created on the NSA e Use the Add Group screen Section 9 2 1 on page 193 to create new groups e Use the Edit Group screen Section 9 2 1 on page 193 to edit the properties of an existing group 9 2 The Groups Screen Use this screen to create and manage groups Click Sharing gt Groups to display the screen shown next Figure 70 Sharing gt Groups Sharing Groups oups Groups amp amp Add Search EE Group Selected Display Number 20 W Group s Go to Pagel M Page 1 Of 1 Bette Z family Page 1 Of 1 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 9 Groups The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 49 Sharing gt Groups LABEL DESCRIPTION Add Group Click this to open a screen where you can configure a new group Search Click this to display a search field Type
322. ssing the share via CIFS or FTP The path should start with a forward slash followed by a parent folder child folders leading to the folder that is to be shared The share path can include all characters including unicode characters that is you can use Chinese folder names for example except for the following characters e backslash this will be converted to forward slash and interpreted as a path delimiter e forward slash this is always interpreted as a path delimiter so a folder cannot include it in its folder name e colon asterisk e question mark e double quote e lt less than e gt greater than e pipe Please also note the following as regards share paths e If the share path is missing the root path slash the first forward slash the system will automatically add the initial slash e If the share path is missing the end trailing slash the system will automatically add the trailing slash e If the share path has backslashes instead of forward slashes they will all be automatically converted to forward slashes Share paths are case sensitive e The maximum share path length is 600 characters the entire path string including slashes e The share path cannot be blank e You cannot have an empty folder name that is two consecutive slashes for example My Corner Each individual folder in the path that is the content between the slashes cannot
323. ssion Type This field displays the access permission of a share Everyone on the network can access a Public share Only the share owner can access a Private share An Advanced share allows you to assign specific access rights read only for example to individual users groups NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 197 Chapter 10 Shares 10 3 Adding or Editing Share Click Add Share to create a new share In the Shares screen select a share and click Edit Share to open the following screen Use this screen to create or edit a share Figure 73 Shares gt Add Share or Edit Share Add Share Share Name Volume Make this share owned by Share Access EA Enable This Share A Enable Recycle Bin Publish this share to Media Server Publish this share to Web volume 183 26 GB ra admin z Advanced ry The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 52 Shares gt Add Share or Edit Share LABEL DESCRIPTION Share Name Type a share name from 1 to 255 single byte no Chinese characters allowed for example ASCII characters The name cannot be the same as another existing local share See Section 2 5 5 on page 38 for more information on share names Volume You should have already created volumes a single accessible storage area with a single file system on the NSA Select the one that contains the folder that you want to share out You cannot modify th
324. ste the feed s URL into the Applications gt Broadcatching gt Add Channel screen and you can download new files as they are added Figure 47 Feed Icon N A channel uses a feed to deliver its contents items Subscribe the NSA to a feed to be able to download the contents Click Applications gt Broadcatching gt Add Channel to open the following screen Use the Add Channel screen to subscribe the NSA to a channel s feed so you can view the channel You also select policies for downloading and deleting the channel s items Section 3 4 on page 75 provides a tutorial on adding a broadcatching channel Click Applications gt Broadcatching then select a channel and click Edit Channel to open a similar Edit screen Use the Edit Channel screen to change the download or delete policies Figure 48 Applications gt Broadcatching gt Add Channel Subscribe to Channel Feed Please enter the url address of the feed you want to subscribe to a Download Policy Download All Items Delete Policy Manual C Keep last of items ES Ca NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 35 Applications gt Broadcatching gt Add Channel LABEL DESCRIPTION Subscribe to Paste or type the URL of the feed for the channel to which you want to Channel Feed subscribe into this field This is read only in the Preferences screen
325. stination yd Shares admin Path download Select 411 A Caution Do not use the NSA for illegal downloads Illegal downloading or sharing of files can result in severe civil and criminal penalties You are subject to the restrictions of copyright laws and any other applicable laws and will bear the consequences of any infringements thereof ZyXEL takes NO responsibility or liability for your use of the download service feature 7 The URL displays in the URL field Click Apply Add Download Task From URL Source URL 941 _20080620_3 80 GS 2024_eVVC UG_v3 80_Ed1 _2008 06 19 pdf amp model GS 2024 Torrent File Default Destination Q Note To change the default destination you must go to the Preferences Dialog Shares admin Path download A Caution Do not use the NSA for illegal downloads Illegal downloading or sharing of files can result in severe civil and criminal penalties You are subject to the restrictions of copyright laws and any other applicable laws and will bear the consequences of any infringements thereof ZyXEL takes NO responsibility or liability for your use of the download service feature 8 After a few moments the download task appears in the Download Service screen s Active tab The download appears in the Completed tab when it is done By default the NSA stores all downloads in the admin share s download folder See Section 3 2 4 on page 54 Section 3 2 5 on p
326. t Figure 25 Storage gt Create an External Volume Disk Configuration File System FAT32 z Volume Name j Available Disks AI NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 19 Storage gt Create an External Volume LABEL DESCRIPTION Volume Name Type a volume name from 1 to 31 characters The name cannot be the same as another existing external volume Acceptable characters are all alphanumeric characters and spaces _ underscores and periods The first character must be alphanumeric A Z 0 9 The last character cannot be a space Available Disk s Select the external USB device upon which you want to create the volume File System Select the file system you want the new volume to use Windows file systems FAT32 Newer and more efficient than FAT16 Supports a volume size of up to 2 TB Tera Bytes and individual file sizes of up to 4 GB FAT16 Compatible with older Windows operating systems Supports volume and file sizes of up to 2 GB Linux file systems EXT2 Older file system EXT3 The same as EXT2 but adds a journaled file system and is more robust ReiserFS Offers better performance for small files Apply Click this to save your changes and create the volume Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving changes 5 5 1
327. t LiveBookmarks from the drop down list and click Subscribe Now Download Notify Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help C Gy 1 htp 1 172 23 26 45jyxelfcgibinidinotify NI Subscribe to this feed using Sive Bookmarks O Always use Live Bookmarks to sub rip 0 eds Subscribe Now 3 The following screen displays Select Bookmarks Menu and click Add Add Live Bookmark Name ownload Notif Create in L_jBookmarks Menu b J ncel 4 From the Firefox s Bookmarks Menu select Download Notify to check the updates of your NSA s download list 1ircfax File Edit View Histo q Bookmarks Jools Help Download Notify Mozilla BookMark This Page Ctrl D X E izyxel cgi bin dinatify N E Organize Bookmarks Ctrl Shift B6 D CO always E Bookmarks Toolbar k q Get Bookmark Add ons BE Download Notify F al filet txt lanl file2 txt Open Download Notify Open All in Tabs Download Notify Share path admin download 74 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 4 Broadcatching Tutorial Use broadcatching to have the NSA download frequently updated digital content like TV programs radio talk shows Podcasts audio files and blogs This example shows how to subscribe the NSA to the CNET TV Internet television channel See Section 7 6 on page 158 for more on the broadcatching service 1 Open your Internet browser this example uses Fi
328. t contain a volume the NSA automatically restores the volume If the replacement disk already contains a volume you need to delete the volume and then click the Repair icon to fix the degraded RAID volume Down This represents a down volume Click the Initialize icon to create a volume Scan Disk Click this to scan a hard disk for file system errors gt op Eject Click this before you remove an external hard drive so that you do not lose data that is being transferred to or from that hard drive iii Locate Click this to cause the LED on the external storage device to blink i Repair If you replace a faulty disk with a disk that contains a volume you need to delete the volume and then click this to fix the degraded RAID volume NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics 2 7 The Status Screen The Status screen is the first main web configurator screen you see after you enter the administrator screens To view the status screens click Status on the top left of the navigation panel Figure 18 Status Sr Status System Information Server Name Model Name Firmware Version MAC Address NSA 220 PLUS System Setting Server Name Date Time The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 Status LABEL DESCRIPTION Status Click this to refresh the status screen statistics S
329. t very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code wi
330. t_ NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 9 In the Completing the Certificate Import Wizard screen click Finish Figure 131 Internet Explorer 7 Certificate Import Wizard Certificate Import Wizard Completing the Certificate Import Wizard You have successfully completed the Certificate Import wizard You have specified the following settings Certificate Store Selected Automatically determined by 1 Content Certificate 10 If you are presented with another Security Warning click Yes Figure 132 Internet Explorer 7 Security Warning Security Warning You are about to install a certificate from a certification authority CA daiming to represent nsa2401 Windows cannot validate that the certificate is actually from nsa2401 You should confirm its origin by contacting nsa2401 The following number will assist you in this process Thumbprint sha 1 35D 1C9AC DBCOE654 FE327C71 464D 1548 242E5B93 Warning If you install this root certificate Windows will automatically trust any certificate issued by this CA Installing a certificate with an unconfirmed thumbprint is a security risk If you dick Yes you acknowledge this risk Do you want to install this certificate Len NSA 2401 User s Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates 11 Finally click OK when presented with the successful certificate installation message Figure 133 Internet Explorer 7 Certificate
331. te control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to NSA 220 Plus User s Guide log into remote host systems Appendix C Common Services Table 77 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP
332. te installation message Certificate Import Wizard l The import was successful NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 8 3 Turn on the NSA s Web Security Now that you have customized the NSA s certificate and installed it in your computer you can turn on security for your Web Configurator sessions This example uses Firefox 3 0 See Appendix D on page 285 for more information on browsers and certificates 1 Close your web browser and open it again to reset its session with the NSA Log in and click Maintenance gt SSL Select Force HTTPS and click Apply Force HTTPS TLS SSL Connections A Caution Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services AForce HTTPs Install System Default CA This action will install the system default CA in the trusted CA list of your browser Step1 Download the default CA file Download Step2 Double click on the CA file to install it into your browser Modify the Existing Certificate A Caution Modifications of TLS SSL certificate settings will restart network services Edit a self signed CA certificate Step1 Edit the Self signed Certificate E Step2 Download the self signed CA file Bownload Step3 Double click on the CA file to install it into your browser O Create a Certificate To Be Authorized By My Own Certificate Authority NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 2 A w
333. ted for auto upload Browse Current location Folder Name amp w LD Jimmy s Birthday a ee Add Click this to add the specified share or folder to the Folder Watch List Settings Grace Period Specify how long the NSA should wait when you add a new file for auto upload For example if you set the grace period to 5 minutes the NSA uploads a new file after it has been in a watched folder for 5 minutes You can choose from a range of 1 to 10080 minutes up to one week Bandwidth Limit Enter the maximum upload rate for auto upload You can choose from a range of 0 to 100 000 KB s Enter 0 if you do not want to set any limit Use this to leave bandwidth on your network connection for other traffic especially if your Internet connection has restricted upload speed Apply Click this to save your changes in this section Reset Click this to restore previously saved settings Close Click this to return to the previous screen without saving NSA 220 Plus User s Guide PART Ill Sharing Users 185 Groups 191 Shares 195 Users 8 1 Overview This chapter introduces the Users screens of the NSA Use the Users screens to create and manage administrator and user accounts Administrators can e Configure and manage the NSA e Create volumes shares and user accounts e Assign individual users specific access rights for specific shares
334. terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix E Open Source Licences readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relent to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of th
335. th the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in non free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 323 Appendix E Open
336. that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 273 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 116 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 274 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 117 Internet Options Security General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings Z 0 Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet 4 This zone contains all Web sites you Gites
337. the Trusted Root Certificates Authorities tab select the certificate that you want to delete and then click Remove Figure 139 Certificates Internet Explorer 7 Certificates Intended purpose lt a gt _ aI Intermediate Certification Authoritigs Trusted Root Certification Authorities Tgisted Publ gt ES 172 20 37 202 AABA ECOM Root CA Xbaltimore EZ by DST autoridad Certifica autoridad Certifica EBelgacom E Trust P E caw HKT SecureN E caw HKT SecureN Issued By 172 20 37 202 ABA ECOM Root CA Autoridad Certificador Autoridad Certificador Baltimore EZ by DST Belgacom E Trust Prim C amp W HKT SecureNet C amp W HKT SecureNet Expiratio 5 21 2011 7 10 2009 6 29 2009 6 30 2009 7 4 2009 1 21 2010 10 16 2009 10 16 2009 Friendly Name lt None gt DST ABA ECOM Autoridad Certifi Autoridad Certifi DST Baltimore E Belgacom E Trus CW HKT Secure CW HKT Secure a 10 16 2010 CW HKT Secure caw HKT SecureN C amp W HKT SecureNet Cire Son Creme Certificate intended purposes lt All gt 4 Inthe Certificates confirmation click Yes Figure 140 Internet Explorer 7 Certificates Certificates Deleting system root certificates might prevent some Windows components from working properly If Update Root Certificates is installed any deleted third party root certificates will be restored
338. tion 7 10 1 on page 180 for more details Preferences Click this to manage the settings of the FTP Uploadr Edit Server Select a server from the list and click this to edit the FTP server entry Delete Selected Server s Select a server from the list and click this to remove the FTP server entry ES Selected Server s ALL Are you sure you want to remove the server s from the list q Note Any files under transmission or un transmitted will not be uploaded Server Information Select a server from the list and click this to display the status and settings about the FTP server Domain Name IP Address This is the domain name or IP address of the FTP server Port Number This is the port number used by the FTP server Remote Path The NSA automatically uploads files to this location Account Name This is the login account for the FTP server Description This is the information related to the FTP server NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 179 Chapter 7 Applications 7 10 1 Adding or Editing an FTP Server Entry Use this screen to add or edit an FTP server entry for auto upload In the FTP Uploadr screen click the Add Server or Edit Server button to open the following screen Figure 65 Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr gt Add or Edit a Server Add Server Domain Name IP Address Account Name Password Port Number Remote P
339. tion screen and the NSA cannot auto upload files Make sure you also update the account information in the NSA Make sure the file size does not exceed the limit imposed by the service At the time of writing Flickr restricts the file size to 10 MB and YouTube restricts the file size to 100 MB Make sure you did not exceed the service s upload quota Flickr and YouTube have different policies about how much you can upload within a certain period for example 100 MB week The NSA may have temporarily failed to connect to the service You can upload the file to the watch folder again NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Product Specifications See also Chapter 1 on page 21 for a general overview of the key features 14 1 Physical Features These are the main external physical features Table 70 Physical Features USB Ports 2 USB version 2 ports Copy files directly to the NSA from compatible USB devices like card readers MP3 players memory sticks and digital cameras without using a computer Expand the NSA s storage capacity with compatible USB devices like hard drives Gigabit Ethernet Port The 10 100 1000 Mbps auto negotiating Ethernet port allows the NSA to detect the speed of incoming transmissions and adjust appropriately without manual intervention It allows data transfer of either 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps in either half duplex or full duplex mode depending on your Ethernet network Use an 8 wire Et
340. to the NSA Type This shows whether it s a Windows CIFS web web configurator or FTP connection to the NSA Share Name This displays the shared folder name on the NSA that the user is connected to for CIFS sessions and is blank for FTP sessions Username This displays the name of the user connected to the NSA if one is defined ANONYMOUS FTP displays if a username is not defined for the user s connection Connected At This displays the date and time the user last connected to the NSA in year month day hour minute second format IP Address This displays the IP address of the computer connected to the NSA 2 7 1 Session Example Windows Open Windows Explorer and type two back slashes followed by the NSA name or IP address Initially you can only read and write to the Public Video Music and Photo folders until you create other shares on the NSA This session is then displayed as shown in the following figure PNSA 220 Plus nsa220plus File QUE 2 amp 0 Address 4 nsa220plus Edit View Favorites Tools Help Name Network Tasks admin 2 Add a network place rT E 2 photo 2 public L2 video Printers and Faxes amp View network connections lt Set up a wireless network For a home or small office pes Search Active Directory a _ Show icons for networked UPnP devices NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Tutorials 3 1 Overview This chapter
341. to the NSA HDD2 Blinking The NSA is saving data to the hard disk drive Orange On The NSA detected an error on the hard disk drive like a bad sector for example The NSA automatically tries to recover a bad sector but the LED stays orange until the NSA restarts Blinking The hard disk drive connection came loose or the NSA detected an error on the hard disk drive like a bad sector for example and is saving data to the hard disk drive Red On The hard disk drive has failed and the NSA can no longer detect it off The NSA cannot detect a hard disk in the disk bay SYS Green On The NSA has fully started and is operating normally Blinking The NSA is starting up Red On The NSA has failed LAN Green On The NSA has a successful 10 100 Mbps Ethernet connection Blinking The 100M LAN is sending or receiving packets off The NSA does not have a 10 100 Mbps Ethernet connection Yellow On The NSA has a successful 1000 Mbps Ethernet connection Blinking The 1000 M LAN is sending or receiving packets off The NSA does not have a 1000 Mbps Ethernet connection COPY Green On A USB device is connected to the NSA SYNC Blinking The NSA is copying or synchronizing files to or from the USB device Red On Copying or synchronizing files to or from the USB device failed off No USB device is connected A The HDD1 and HDD2 LEDs are dual color green and red The green LED is normally on when you have a hard disk installed If t
342. tocols and port numbers For a comprehensive list of port numbers ICMP type code numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority web site e Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you like Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is USER DEFINED the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number Port s This value depends on the Protocol Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers e If the Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number e If the Protocol is USER this is the IP protocol number Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used Table 77 Commonly Used Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication IPSEC_TUNNEL Header tunneling protocol uses this service AIM New ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service It is also used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP_CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software UDP 2403
343. ts OV OS de OE OE EE EN O O E I EE 191 9 1 1 What You Can Do in the Groups Sreem sacsssssconscesmereiacsnccdasadsassadseuerimaseas sasvecedaaisse 191 9 2 The Groups OPO sosiiiriirtoaririi e EEn ad ane E E E iaa EAE 191 9 2 1 Adding or Eding eM Gel near nat ane a tre 193 2e Groun NIMES ceea E ates eet send tu 194 Chapter 10 SORA FES carena a a eaa eA trenton 195 TO OO NeW eon nts aa A 195 10 1 1 What You Can Do in the Shares Screens cc ccceeseeceeeeenneeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaaes 195 10 2 The Shares SCOR i cccicesssticecrsssiecceds ssbstecsansaseetesersaueceasnaianeenieaasurreentaeuniealeaguurtuslnguauarrensg 196 TOSS FOGG GF CIS SARS num nas nent 198 10 3 1 Configuring Advanced Sharo ACCESS ijsscinsdesasennisdersnndasnpneceiecetsonaeteeehaacannieds 199 10 3 2 Public and ANONYMOUS Share Access Rights eescceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeaaes 200 10 4 The Recycle Bin Configuration Screen usines 201 OLE Al Peele EINS araa 201 10 4 2 COTON Resyde BINS nai daim insiste 201 10 5 The Share Browser SereO sssrinds durant cup area dura ete entente 202 10 5 1 Moving or Copying PASS ons cis ceaciduccesacrtginecascagined oa reenter a eave 204 Part IV Maintenance and Protecting Data 205 Chapter 11 Maintenance SCKOOINS cronan 207 T CeO oaa ASEA ESAE EEE eu lies 207 11 1 1 What You Can Do in the Maintenance Screens uns 207 11 2 The Power Management Stren sis ccascsscccamvissccsiwisisccdetvesecdivianenduieiecdet
344. ts and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on e g is a shorthand for for instance and i e means that is or in other words NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icons The NSA icon is not an exact representation of your device NSA Co mputer Notebook computer Server Le Television Firewall Router Sw i itch Internet INTERNE NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Safety Warnings Safety Warnings e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool e Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or cor
345. ts in a share NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 10 Shares 10 2 The Shares Screen Click Sharing gt Shares in the navigation panel to open the following screen This screen lists all shares created on the NSA Figure 72 Sharing gt Shares Shares Add Share Recycle Bin nare I User created User created iS Predefine Ss Predefine Ez Predefine e User created dE Built in E Built in fr g Edit Share Delete Share Share Browser lost_and_found Software video photo music Jimmy public admin volume1 lost found volume1 Software volumel video volume1 photo volumel music volume1 Jimmy volume1 public volume1 admin admin Private admin Private admin Public admin Public admin Public admin Private admin Public admin Private The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 51 Sharing gt Shares LABEL DESCRIPTION Add Share Click this to create a new share Recycle Bin Click this to configure recycle bins Edit Share Select a share and click this to edit the share Delete Share share Select a share and click this to remove or restrict access to the ce Disable Share photo I only want to disable this share so that no users are allowed access but the files continue to exist on the volume C I want to permanently delete all content associated with this share Do you wish to proceed Share Br
346. ts them if they are not able to be resumed Enable Download Notify Use this option and the Apply button to turn the download service notification off or on See Section 7 4 5 on page 144 for more details about this feature Add After you find a file to download copy the file s URL Then log into the NSA web configurator and go to the Applications gt Download Server screen and click this button A screen opens where you create a new download task You can paste the file s URL or use a BitTorrent file Preferences Click this to open a screen where you can set the default location for saving downloads and configure your BitTorrent settings Refresh Click this to update the information displayed on the screen Delete To delete download tasks or manually clear out completed download tasks select a download task and click this to remove it from the list A pop up screen asks you to confirm Click Apply to delete or Cancel to quit When you delete a download task you are given the option to delete the associated files Selecting this option deletes a downloaded file and in the case of a BitTorrent download task also deletes the related torrent file Use your keyboard s SHIFT key to select a range of download tasks Use the CTRL key and click individual download tasks to select multiple individual download tasks NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 7 Applications Table 28 A
347. tware under GPL license GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain resp
348. two disks you can choose to create a JBOD volume on one of the disks or both RAID 0 Use this if you want maximum speed for your disks and or you have other means of protecting your data This is only available when you have two hard disks installed RAID 1 Use this if you want to mirror all data on one disk to the other disk This is only available when you have two hard disks installed Volume will be This field lists all hard disks installed inside the NSA Select which created on disks should make up this volume A disk can only belong to one volume You do not need to select anything if only one hard disk is installed Apply Click this to save your changes and create the volume Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving your changes or creating a volume Note Once you create the first volume on the NSA it is recommended to restart the NSA for better performance 5 3 1 Volume Status You the administrator can see the status of a volume in the Status or Storage screens The NSA has the following classifications for the status of a volume e Healthy if all disks in the volume are OK and the file system is functioning properly e OK means the USB connected device is functioning properly e Resync when you create a RAID volume NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 5 Storage e Recovering appears when repairing a RAID 1 volume A RAID1 volume was once degrade
349. uld not login to the FTP server with the user name and password specified FTP server nsa220plus User name Jimmy Password COTTI After you log on you can add this server to your Favorites and return to it easily FTP does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To protect the security of your passwords and data use Web Folders WebDAV instead Learn more about using Web Folders Oo Log on anonymously Fi Save password 3 Now you can access files and copy files from to your local computer s drives to or from this network folder P ftp nsa220plus File Edit View Favorites Tools Help oO 2 Ff pm Address 3 Ftp nsa220plus Name Size Type Modified music File Folder 9 14 2008 12 33 PM Other Places photo File Folder 9 19 2008 10 17 AM E Internet Explorer public File Folder 8 30 2008 1 57 PM video File Folder 10 9 2008 9 05 AM My Documents SJ My Network Places NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 97 Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 2 6 Accessing a Share Through the Web Configurator You can browse and access files through the web configurator 1 Log into the NSA web configurator see Section 2 3 on page 29 using your username and password Click a share to see the top level of the share s contents fa Ny NSA My Shares Currently there are no shares owned by you Other Shares public video photo m
350. used the RESET button the NSA may have a new IP address Close and reopen the NDU to discover the NSA NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 233 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 13 3 1 Make sure the NSA is turned on If you are trying to login directly by typing the server name into your web browser s address field make sure you are using the correct server name as the web site address e The default server name is nsa220plus if you have changed the server name use the new one e If the server name has been changed and you do not know the new server name see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the server name of the NSA e If it still doesn t work try using the NDU Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 1 1 on page 23 By default the NSA gets an IP address automatically The NSA assigns itself an IP address if no device assigns one If your computer is also set to get an IP address automatically the computer and the NSA can both assign themselves IP addresses and communicate See Chapter 6 on page 125 if you need to configure the NSA with a static IP address Make sure your computer s IP address is in the same subnet as the NSA s IP address You can use the NDU to find the NSA s IP address See Appendix A on page 255 for how to change your computer s IP address Skip this if you know that there are routers between your computer a
351. usic 2 Hereis the Jimmy share Share Browsing Create Folder Upload Rename Delete Move Copy Current Location Jimmy ee size Modified Date wallpaper 2008 07 21 16 56 01 g 070804102634654 jpg 132 74 KB 2008 07 21 16 39 29 NTR_ChildMana_charO1 jpg 285 01 KB 2008 07 21 16 36 51 B NTR_ChildMana_char02 jpg 337 66 KB 2008 07 21 16 36 53 JOSE 3 Click a folder s file name to browse the folder You can open files or copy them to your computer You can also create new folders and upload additional files to the share 4 Click the logout icon when your are done NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 3 3 Download Service Tutorial This tutorial covers using the NSA to download a file from the Internet Use this same procedure for BitTorrent downloads as well as regular HTTP web and FTP downloads See Section 7 4 1 on page 138 for more on the download service 3 3 1 Copying Pasting a Download Link 1 Open your Internet browser this example uses Internet Explorer 2 Find a download link for the file you want In this example www zyxel com has a Download Now link for downloading a datasheet for ZyXEL s GS 2024 a device for making phone calls over the Internet Download Library Bj sss Version 3 80 Language English OS NA Release Date 06 20 2008 Size 7 MB Description error correction ownload Now Note Make sure the link opens either the file you want o
352. uter and the NSA will choose addresses for themselves and be able to communicate 1 Press and hold the RESET button for about two seconds until you hear a beep and then release it 2 The NSA automatically restarts to complete the reset forgot the password e The default password is 1234 e If you have changed the password and forgotten it you will have to reset the NSA The NDU cannot discover my NSA Confirm that the computer running the NDU has a network connection See the section on the NSA s LAN connection for related information The computer running the NDU can only discover NSAs in the same subnet NSAs connected to the same switch or router as your NDU computer are usually in the same subnet unless the router is doing subnetting or the switch is implementing VLAN The Memeo Autobackup program uses the same network port as the NDU to discover the NSA To avoid a port conflict do not run the Memeo Autobackup program at the same time as the NDU e Close the NDU and reopen it 13 3 2 Enabling Scripting of Safe ActiveX Controls If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that scripting of safe ActiveX controls is enabled NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 235 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 88 Internet Options Security i zx General Security Privacy Content
353. uthority Permanently store this exception Confirm Security Exception NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 7 The SHA fingerprint must match the NSA s certificate you downloaded from the NSA to your computer Double click the NSA s certificate file and then click Details and look at the Thumbprint Click Close Certificate Viewer nsaz20plus Certificate Could not verify this certificate because the issuer is not trusted General Details Certification Path Issued To _ Common Name CN nsa220plus Show lt All gt x Organization 0 Test Organizational Unit OU lt Not Part Of Certificate gt Field Serial Number 00 40 48 C2 35 B0 3D 56 CA subject Value nsa220 Test Issued By lpubic key RSA 2048 Bits Common Name CN nsa220plus Felsubject Key Identifier 61 2e c4 46 89 c2 b9 b9 d8 b3 Organization 0 Test Esl Authority Key Identifier KeyID 61 2e c4 46 89 c2 b9 b Organizational Unit OU lt Not Part Of Certificate gt EilBasic Constraints Subject Type CA Path Lengt Yalidity Thumbprint algorithm shal Issued On 12 15 2008 Thumbprint Expires On 12 15 2011 SHA1 Fingerprint 5C 72 43 56 F2 90 C8 7B 3B 4B 60 F9 9C 42 81 63 81 49 9F D4 Sc 72 43 56 2 9d c8 7b 3b 4b 60 9 9c a2 81 Copy to File NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 8 If the certificate fingerprints match click Confirm Security Except
354. ution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution i
355. venecdnervenre 208 11 2 1 Editing the Power Control Schedule Screen 44e 210 To meL ST de di a rende 212 LT LOG CASSES sintinedda Aar a AA a A R 213 TA Log SE LIS nn sir meta ae hu tata a etai road E EE EEAO 213 TTL Me 8 lt c E E A EE E E E A E AE ne 213 TLS ME COM SOON aaa 220 HM IS 2s EE E EET NN ui ie 221 11 6 1 Modifying or Creating a Certificate sis ssssecccescssstctisssessrcesssarserttonns cossteennsecsuvveenne 223 TIZ The Firmware Upgrade Sreo aient made A 224 TS me SOS SOON aaua EA A 225 Chapter 12 Protectung Your Dai sesrinntnelimensncennsiieiianeneesancaennetsileielenen en iienne 227 DAT OVON Le rs a An ns een tree ie Ra NN Mn du 227 NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 15 Table of Contents 122 Protection MENORS nn ns ais ane ni nan ttes tannins lune 227 12 2 1 Configuration File Backup and Restoration suis 228 12 2 2 Memeo AUB AGUS sristi niques mienne annees anneinaNa ni 228 Part V Troubleshooting and Specifications 229 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting PR a Ea RA aE aai 231 13 1 Toubleshooling OVINE ortlasenntenaa latente tn tee dat e aan 231 13 2 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS au siscarannrnenearannessenatananrnsnanunrenmaanoutacns 231 139 NSA Login And ACCESS sccucccssinesecccsenecaucrvanccesieetsenadduyeses deus santa cand goods a 233 ROSE dasa oa ask ah he arr a aed fae eas a oR J 234 13 3 2 Enabling Scripting of Safe ActiveX Controls ssisssrssissrsrssrssersrrsirrressrtnsriesrrisassandas 235
356. vice Download INFO Download service set max BT download rate to d KB s by Service user Download INFO Download service set max BT upload rate to d KB s by Service user Download INFO Download service set max download slot to d Service Download INFO Download service set seeding time to d minutues Service Download INFO Download service set TCP port to d and UDP port to d Service Download INFO Download service set torrent monitor location to s Service Download INFO Download service start to download s Service NSA 220 Plus User s Guide 215 Chapter 11 Maintenance Screens Table 62 Log Messages continued CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE Download INFO Download service stopped Service Download INFO Download service suspend s because of no data income Service detected or to limit max download slot Download INFO Download service add comment s to s by user Service Download INFO Download service set min upload download ratio to d Service Download INFO Download service set max seed slot to d Service Download INFO Download service start loading ipfilter dat Service Download INFO Download service clear all ipfilter rules Service Download INFO Download service blocked peer removed from peer list Service Download INFO Download service disconnected blocked peer Service Download INFO Download service incoming connection
357. w Edit Copy Delete Activate Deactivate Devices Hardware DNS Hosts Xl You may configure network devices associated with 5 physical hardware here Multiple logical devices can be g associated with a single piece of hardware Profile Status Device Nickname T x Inactive ethO etho Type Ethernet Edit Device NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 2 Double click on the profile of the network card you wish to configure The Ethernet Device General screen displays as shown Figure 105 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General WY Ethernet Device General Route Hardware Device Nickname ethO Activate device when computer starts Allow all users to enable and disable the device Automatically obtain IP address settings with dhcp DHCP Settings Hostname optional lt x Automatically obtain DNS information from provider Statically set IP addresses Manual IP Address Settings Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Address 3 Cancel e If you have a dynamic IP address click Automatically obtain IP address settings with and select dhcp from the drop down list e If you have a static IP address click Statically set IP Addresses and fill in the Address Subnet m
358. wnload Library S care Model P 660 V T1 2 Version 3 40v2 Language English OS NIA Release Date 06 27 2008 Size 8 MB Description 3 Right click on the download link and select Send to NSA Download Mo Open Link in New Window Open Link in New Tab Bookmark This Link Save Link As Send Link Properties NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials 4 The login screen shows up Enter your NSA S login information and click Login to send the link to the download service A confirmation message displays a Mozilla Firefox Successfully added file http www zyxel com web support_download_detail php file 200708311348412007083113351820040811211941_ P 660W Tv2_UG_V3 40_Ed2_2008 06 25 pdf amp model P 660W T1 20v2 to download service 5 Log into the NSA web configurator see Section 2 3 on page 29 using the administrator account and click Download Service ZyXEL Ce My NSA Password Administration Download Service f My NSA My Shares ROBE LCE TR G 6 The download task appears in the Download Service screen s Active tab It may appear in the Completed tab if the NSA already finished downloading the file By default the NSA stores all downloads in the admin share s download folder See Section 3 2 4 on page 54 Section 3 2 5 on page 56 or Section 3 2 6 on page 58 for how to access a share NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter
359. x D Importing Certificates 3 Inthe Certificate Manager dialog box select the Web Sites tab select the certificate that you want to remove and then click Delete Figure 150 Firefox 2 Certificate Manager Certificate Manager Your Certificates Other People s Web Sites You have certificates on file that identify these web sites Certificate Name Purposes ZyXEL 1 72 20 37 202 Client Server Status Responder 4 Inthe Delete Web Site Certificates dialog box click OK Figure 151 Firefox 2 Delete Web Site Certificates Delete Web Site Certificates Are you sure you want to delete these web site certificates 172 20 37 202 If you delete a web site certificate you will be asked to accept it again the ne 5 The next time you go to the web site that issued the public key certificate you just removed a certification error appears NSA 2401 Users Guide Appendix D Importing Certificates Opera The following example uses Opera 9 on Windows XP Professional however the screens can apply to Opera 9 on all platforms 1 If your device s Web Configurator is set to use SSL certification then the first time you browse to it you are presented with a certification error 2 Click Install to accept the certificate Figure 152 Opera 9 Certificate signer not found Certificate signer not found The root certificate for this server is not registered You may install this certificate Accept instal
360. y nor execute to all files contained within this share Deny blocks access users groups cannot read modify nor execute to all files contained within this share Among all access rights Deny has the highest priority For example User A belongs to Group 1 You assign User A full access rights to the Music share but deny access rights to Group 1 Then User A cannot access the Music share Note If you deny access to all users no one can use the share not even the administrator 4 za Click an arrow button to move users groups between the left and right fields Use the arrow buttons to assign access rights to users groups Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving 10 3 2 Public and ANONYMOUS Share Access Rights If you make a share public users do not need to log in With ANONYMOUS FTP you must enter either anonymous or ftp as the username Any other name is considered a username so must be valid and have a corresponding correct password NSA 220 Plus Users Guide Chapter 10 Shares 10 4 The Recycle Bin Configuration Screen Use this screen to periodically clean up items in all recycle bins 10 4 1 Recycle Bins Recycle bins in the NSA help users recover accidentally deleted files or folders in the shares When you delete an item a recycle folder is created within the share to hold the deleted item Every
361. ymous FTP Access Customize the port range for data transfer Note To configure a share to allow anonymous FTP access go to the configure shares page and modify a share s access rights to allow the user Anonymous FTP Character Set UTF 8 _ Rese NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorials Susan also has to create a user account and share on her NSA for Amy to upload files The share is used for files uploaded from Amy s NSA Amy will then use the following information to configure FTP Uploadr on her NSA Table 13 FTP Uploadr Tutorial FTP Server Information FTP Domain Name or IP example2 com Address FTP User Name Amy FTP Password XXXXX Share Remote Path Amy This is how Amy would set up the NSA s FTP Uploadr 1 Click Applications gt Auto Upload gt FTP Uploadr to open the FTP Uploadr screen Select Enable FTP Uploadr and click Apply to turn on FTP Uploadr FTP Uploadr Enable FTP Uploa dE po Edit Delete Server Server Selected Information Server s Add Preferences Server 2 Click Add Server FTP Uploadr Enable FTP Uploadr wama dd references Edit Delete Server Server Server Selected Information Server s Currently there are no servers y ES 3 Enter the information as describe in Table 13 on page 83 Click Apply to add the server Add Server Domain Name IP Addr
362. ys a file size Modified Date This field displays a file s latest modification date Close Click this to close the screen NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 10 Shares 10 5 1 Moving or Copying Files Use this screen to move or copy files to another share In the Share Browser screen select a file or folder and click Move or Copy to open the following screen Figure 77 Sharing gt Shares gt Share Browser gt Move or Copy Select Shares Path a folder FamilyPhoto JHK Trip Note Files with same filename will be overwritten The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 56 Sharing gt Shares gt Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Shares Select the destination share from the drop down list Path This field displays the share folder s path You can use Browse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators Browse Click this to put the file in a specific folder Select a folder and then click Apply If you click Apply without selecting a folder a forward slash displays in the Path field All contents within the specified share are selected Browse Current location Folder Name E LD Jimmy s Birthday Yes Click this to move or copy the file to the designated share Close Click this to return to th
363. ystem Information Server Name This displays the name which helps you find the NSA on the network Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this Model Name This displays which model this NSA device is Firmware Version This is the NSA firmware version Click the Edit icon to go to the Maintenance gt FW Upgrade screen from which you can upload new firmware MAC Address This displays the NSA s unique physical hardware address MAC You need the MAC address to register the product at myZyXEL com Customer support may also request it for troubleshooting purposes Media Server This shows whether the media server function is enabled or Status disabled It must be enabled for media clients to play content files stored on the NSA Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this FTP Server Status This shows whether the FTP server function is enabled or disabled It must be enabled to use FTP file transfer to from the NSA Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this Web Publishing This shows whether the Web server function is enabled or Status disabled It must be enabled to use HTTP to access shares on the NSA Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this NSA 220 Plus User s Guide Chapter 2 Web Configurator Basics Table 12 Status continued LABEL DESCRIPTION UPS This shows the Uninterru

SMG-700 User's Guide V1.00 (Nov 2004)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents